| \input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*- | |
| @c Copyright (C) 1991-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | |
| @c UPDATE!! On future updates-- | |
| @c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in | |
| @c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c | |
| @c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op | |
| @c in config/tc-*.c | |
| @c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op | |
| @c in config/obj-*.c | |
| @c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c | |
| @c %**start of header | |
| @setfilename as.info | |
| @c ---config--- | |
| @macro gcctabopt{body} | |
| @code{\body\} | |
| @end macro | |
| @c defaults, config file may override: | |
| @set have-stabs | |
| @c --- | |
| @c man begin NAME | |
| @c --- | |
| @include asconfig.texi | |
| @include bfdver.texi | |
| @c --- | |
| @c man end | |
| @c --- | |
| @c common OR combinations of conditions | |
| @ifset COFF | |
| @set COFF-ELF | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| @set COFF-ELF | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset AOUT | |
| @set aout-bout | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset ARM/Thumb | |
| @set ARM | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset Blackfin | |
| @set Blackfin | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset BOUT | |
| @set aout-bout | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset H8/300 | |
| @set H8 | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset SH | |
| @set H8 | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset HPPA | |
| @set abnormal-separator | |
| @end ifset | |
| @c ------------ | |
| @ifset GENERIC | |
| @settitle Using @value{AS} | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifclear GENERIC | |
| @settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET}) | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @setchapternewpage odd | |
| @c %**end of header | |
| @c @smallbook | |
| @c @set SMALL | |
| @c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine | |
| @c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly. | |
| @c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so | |
| @c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections. | |
| @c | |
| @c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables, | |
| @c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on. | |
| @c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page | |
| @c break. | |
| @c | |
| @c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook, | |
| @c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you | |
| @c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the | |
| @c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your | |
| @c discretion, of course. | |
| @ifinfo | |
| @set SMALL | |
| @c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook, | |
| @c might as well show 'em anyways. | |
| @end ifinfo | |
| @ifnottex | |
| @dircategory Software development | |
| @direntry | |
| * As: (as). The GNU assembler. | |
| * Gas: (as). The GNU assembler. | |
| @end direntry | |
| @end ifnottex | |
| @finalout | |
| @syncodeindex ky cp | |
| @copying | |
| This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}". | |
| @c man begin COPYRIGHT | |
| Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | |
| Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | |
| under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 | |
| or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; | |
| with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no | |
| Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the | |
| section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''. | |
| @c man end | |
| @end copying | |
| @titlepage | |
| @title Using @value{AS} | |
| @subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler | |
| @ifclear GENERIC | |
| @subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset VERSION_PACKAGE | |
| @sp 1 | |
| @subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE} | |
| @end ifset | |
| @sp 1 | |
| @subtitle Version @value{VERSION} | |
| @sp 1 | |
| @sp 13 | |
| The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer | |
| Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the | |
| first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}. | |
| The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for | |
| distracting the boss while they got some work | |
| done. | |
| @sp 3 | |
| @author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends | |
| @page | |
| @tex | |
| {\parskip=0pt | |
| \hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par | |
| \hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par | |
| } | |
| %"boxit" macro for figures: | |
| %Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3) | |
| \gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt | |
| \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil | |
| #2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline | |
| \gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box | |
| @end tex | |
| @vskip 0pt plus 1filll | |
| Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | |
| Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document | |
| under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 | |
| or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; | |
| with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no | |
| Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the | |
| section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''. | |
| @end titlepage | |
| @contents | |
| @ifnottex | |
| @node Top | |
| @top Using @value{AS} | |
| This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}} | |
| @ifset VERSION_PACKAGE | |
| @value{VERSION_PACKAGE} | |
| @end ifset | |
| version @value{VERSION}. | |
| @ifclear GENERIC | |
| This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate | |
| code for @value{TARGET} architectures. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free | |
| Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the | |
| section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''. | |
| @menu | |
| * Overview:: Overview | |
| * Invoking:: Command-Line Options | |
| * Syntax:: Syntax | |
| * Sections:: Sections and Relocation | |
| * Symbols:: Symbols | |
| * Expressions:: Expressions | |
| * Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| * Object Attributes:: Object Attributes | |
| @end ifset | |
| * Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features | |
| * Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs | |
| * Acknowledgements:: Who Did What | |
| * GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License | |
| * AS Index:: AS Index | |
| @end menu | |
| @end ifnottex | |
| @node Overview | |
| @chapter Overview | |
| @iftex | |
| This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}. | |
| @ifclear GENERIC | |
| This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate | |
| code for @value{TARGET} architectures. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @end iftex | |
| @cindex invocation summary | |
| @cindex option summary | |
| @cindex summary of options | |
| Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details, | |
| see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}. | |
| @c man title AS the portable GNU assembler. | |
| @ignore | |
| @c man begin SEEALSO | |
| gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}. | |
| @c man end | |
| @end ignore | |
| @c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem | |
| @c to be limited to one line for the header. | |
| @smallexample | |
| @c man begin SYNOPSIS | |
| @value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}] | |
| [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}] | |
| [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}] | |
| [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}] | |
| [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}] | |
| [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}] | |
| [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}] | |
| [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}] | |
| [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] | |
| [@b{--no-pad-sections}] | |
| [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] | |
| [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] | |
| [@b{--statistics}] | |
| [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] | |
| [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] | |
| [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}] | |
| [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}] | |
| [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}] | |
| [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}] | |
| [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}] | |
| @c | |
| @c man end | |
| @c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted. | |
| @c Add an empty line for separation. | |
| @c man begin TARGET | |
| @ifset AARCH64 | |
| @emph{Target AArch64 options:} | |
| [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}] | |
| [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset ALPHA | |
| @emph{Target Alpha options:} | |
| [@b{-m@var{cpu}}] | |
| [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}] | |
| [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}] | |
| [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}] | |
| [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset ARC | |
| @emph{Target ARC options:} | |
| [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] | |
| [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}] | |
| [@b{-mcode-density}] | |
| [@b{-mrelax}] | |
| [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset ARM | |
| @emph{Target ARM options:} | |
| @c Don't document the deprecated options | |
| [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]] | |
| [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]] | |
| [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}] | |
| [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}] | |
| [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}] | |
| [@b{-mthumb}] | |
| [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}] | |
| [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}| | |
| @b{-mapcs-reentrant}] | |
| [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset Blackfin | |
| @emph{Target Blackfin options:} | |
| [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]] | |
| [@b{-mfdpic}] | |
| [@b{-mno-fdpic}] | |
| [@b{-mnopic}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset CRIS | |
| @emph{Target CRIS options:} | |
| [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}] | |
| [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}] | |
| [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}] | |
| [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}] | |
| @c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented. | |
| @c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset D10V | |
| @emph{Target D10V options:} | |
| [@b{-O}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset D30V | |
| @emph{Target D30V options:} | |
| [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset EPIPHANY | |
| @emph{Target EPIPHANY options:} | |
| [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset H8 | |
| @emph{Target H8/300 options:} | |
| [-h-tick-hex] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset HPPA | |
| @c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet). | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset I80386 | |
| @emph{Target i386 options:} | |
| [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}] | |
| [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset I960 | |
| @emph{Target i960 options:} | |
| @c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c | |
| [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}| | |
| @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}] | |
| [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset IA64 | |
| @emph{Target IA-64 options:} | |
| [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}] | |
| [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}] | |
| [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}] | |
| [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}] | |
| [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}] | |
| [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}] | |
| [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset IP2K | |
| @emph{Target IP2K options:} | |
| [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset M32C | |
| @emph{Target M32C options:} | |
| [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset M32R | |
| @emph{Target M32R options:} | |
| [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}| | |
| @b{--W[n]p}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset M680X0 | |
| @emph{Target M680X0 options:} | |
| [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset M68HC11 | |
| @emph{Target M68HC11 options:} | |
| [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}] | |
| [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}] | |
| [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}] | |
| [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}] | |
| [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}] | |
| [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset MCORE | |
| @emph{Target MCORE options:} | |
| [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}] | |
| [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset METAG | |
| @emph{Target Meta options:} | |
| [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset MICROBLAZE | |
| @emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:} | |
| @c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset MIPS | |
| @emph{Target MIPS options:} | |
| [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]] | |
| [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}] | |
| [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}] | |
| [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}] | |
| [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}] | |
| [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}] | |
| [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}] | |
| [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}] | |
| [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}] | |
| [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}] | |
| [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}] | |
| [@b{-mignore-branch-isa}] [@b{-mno-ignore-branch-isa}] | |
| [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}] | |
| [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}] | |
| [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}] | |
| [@b{-mmips16e2}] [@b{-mno-mips16e2}] | |
| [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}] | |
| [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}] | |
| [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}] | |
| [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}] | |
| [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}] | |
| [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}] | |
| [@b{-mdspr3}] [@b{-mno-dspr3}] | |
| [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}] | |
| [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}] | |
| [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}] | |
| [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}] | |
| [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}] | |
| [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}] | |
| [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}] | |
| [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}] | |
| [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}] | |
| [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}] | |
| [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset MMIX | |
| @emph{Target MMIX options:} | |
| [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}] | |
| [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}] | |
| [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}] | |
| [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset NIOSII | |
| @emph{Target Nios II options:} | |
| [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}] | |
| [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset NDS32 | |
| @emph{Target NDS32 options:} | |
| [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] | |
| [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}] | |
| [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}] | |
| [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}] | |
| [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}] | |
| [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}] | |
| [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}] | |
| [@b{-mb2bb}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset PDP11 | |
| @emph{Target PDP11 options:} | |
| [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}] | |
| [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}] | |
| [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset PJ | |
| @emph{Target picoJava options:} | |
| [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset PPC | |
| @emph{Target PowerPC options:} | |
| [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}] | |
| [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}| | |
| @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}| | |
| @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}| | |
| @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}| | |
| @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}| | |
| @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}] | |
| [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}] | |
| [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}] | |
| [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}] | |
| [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}] | |
| [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}] | |
| [@b{-nops=@var{count}}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset PRU | |
| @emph{Target PRU options:} | |
| [@b{-link-relax}] | |
| [@b{-mnolink-relax}] | |
| [@b{-mno-warn-regname-label}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset RL78 | |
| @emph{Target RL78 options:} | |
| [@b{-mg10}] | |
| [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset RX | |
| @emph{Target RX options:} | |
| [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}] | |
| [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}] | |
| [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}] | |
| [@b{-msmall-data-limit}] | |
| [@b{-mpid}] | |
| [@b{-mrelax}] | |
| [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}] | |
| [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset RISCV | |
| @emph{Target RISC-V options:} | |
| [@b{-march}=@var{ISA}] | |
| [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset S390 | |
| @emph{Target s390 options:} | |
| [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] | |
| [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}] | |
| [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset SCORE | |
| @emph{Target SCORE options:} | |
| [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}] | |
| [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}] | |
| [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}] | |
| [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset SPARC | |
| @emph{Target SPARC options:} | |
| @c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi. | |
| [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Aleon}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite} | |
| @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av8plusb}|@b{-Av8plusc}|@b{-Av8plusd} | |
| @b{-Av8plusv}|@b{-Av8plusm}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}|@b{-Av9b}|@b{-Av9c} | |
| @b{-Av9d}|@b{-Av9e}|@b{-Av9v}|@b{-Av9m}|@b{-Asparc}|@b{-Asparcvis} | |
| @b{-Asparcvis2}|@b{-Asparcfmaf}|@b{-Asparcima}|@b{-Asparcvis3} | |
| @b{-Asparcvisr}|@b{-Asparc5}] | |
| [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}]|@b{-xarch=v8plusb}|@b{-xarch=v8plusc} | |
| @b{-xarch=v8plusd}|@b{-xarch=v8plusv}|@b{-xarch=v8plusm}|@b{-xarch=v9} | |
| @b{-xarch=v9a}|@b{-xarch=v9b}|@b{-xarch=v9c}|@b{-xarch=v9d}|@b{-xarch=v9e} | |
| @b{-xarch=v9v}|@b{-xarch=v9m}|@b{-xarch=sparc}|@b{-xarch=sparcvis} | |
| @b{-xarch=sparcvis2}|@b{-xarch=sparcfmaf}|@b{-xarch=sparcima} | |
| @b{-xarch=sparcvis3}|@b{-xarch=sparcvisr}|@b{-xarch=sparc5} | |
| @b{-bump}] | |
| [@b{-32}|@b{-64}] | |
| [@b{--enforce-aligned-data}][@b{--dcti-couples-detect}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset TIC54X | |
| @emph{Target TIC54X options:} | |
| [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}] | |
| [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset TIC6X | |
| @emph{Target TIC6X options:} | |
| [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}] | |
| [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}] | |
| [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset TILEGX | |
| @emph{Target TILE-Gx options:} | |
| [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset TILEPRO | |
| @c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset VISIUM | |
| @emph{Target Visium options:} | |
| [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset XTENSA | |
| @emph{Target Xtensa options:} | |
| [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}] | |
| [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}] | |
| [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}] | |
| [@b{--[no-]transform}] | |
| [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}] | |
| [@b{--[no-]trampolines}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset Z80 | |
| @emph{Target Z80 options:} | |
| [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}] | |
| [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}] | |
| [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}] | |
| [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}] | |
| [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}] | |
| [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}] | |
| [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}] | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset Z8000 | |
| @c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options | |
| @end ifset | |
| @c man end | |
| @end smallexample | |
| @c man begin OPTIONS | |
| @table @gcctabopt | |
| @include at-file.texi | |
| @item -a[cdghlmns] | |
| Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways: | |
| @table @gcctabopt | |
| @item -ac | |
| omit false conditionals | |
| @item -ad | |
| omit debugging directives | |
| @item -ag | |
| include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed | |
| @item -ah | |
| include high-level source | |
| @item -al | |
| include assembly | |
| @item -am | |
| include macro expansions | |
| @item -an | |
| omit forms processing | |
| @item -as | |
| include symbols | |
| @item =file | |
| set the name of the listing file | |
| @end table | |
| You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly | |
| listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be | |
| the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}. | |
| @item --alternate | |
| Begin in alternate macro mode. | |
| @ifclear man | |
| @xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @item --compress-debug-sections | |
| Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the | |
| ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older | |
| linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a | |
| given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed. | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| @cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option | |
| @item --compress-debug-sections=none | |
| @itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib | |
| @itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu | |
| @itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi | |
| These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed. | |
| @option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to | |
| @option{--nocompress-debug-sections}. | |
| @option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and | |
| @option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to | |
| @option{--compress-debug-sections}. | |
| @option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug | |
| sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with | |
| @samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section | |
| @emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @item --nocompress-debug-sections | |
| Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all | |
| targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to | |
| override this. | |
| @item -D | |
| Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to | |
| other assemblers. | |
| @item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new} | |
| When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging | |
| information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead. | |
| @item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value} | |
| Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file. | |
| @var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x} | |
| indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal | |
| value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the | |
| use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op. | |
| @item -f | |
| ``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is | |
| compiler output). | |
| @item -g | |
| @itemx --gen-debug | |
| Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever | |
| debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS, | |
| ECOFF or DWARF2. | |
| @item --gstabs | |
| Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This | |
| may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. | |
| @item --gstabs+ | |
| Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU | |
| extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other | |
| debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This | |
| may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is | |
| the location of the current working directory at assembling time. | |
| @item --gdwarf-2 | |
| Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This | |
| may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this | |
| option is only supported by some targets, not all of them. | |
| @item --gdwarf-sections | |
| Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of | |
| .debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the | |
| corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func} | |
| will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called | |
| @var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text} | |
| then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any | |
| suffix. | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| @item --size-check=error | |
| @itemx --size-check=warning | |
| Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive. | |
| @item --elf-stt-common=no | |
| @itemx --elf-stt-common=yes | |
| These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common | |
| symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled | |
| by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @item --help | |
| Print a summary of the command line options and exit. | |
| @item --target-help | |
| Print a summary of all target specific options and exit. | |
| @item -I @var{dir} | |
| Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives. | |
| @item -J | |
| Don't warn about signed overflow. | |
| @item -K | |
| @ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE | |
| This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE | |
| Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @item -L | |
| @itemx --keep-locals | |
| Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with | |
| system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems | |
| or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems. | |
| @ifclear man | |
| @xref{Symbol Names}. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number} | |
| Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler | |
| listing to @var{number}. | |
| @item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number} | |
| Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation | |
| lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}. | |
| @item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number} | |
| Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to | |
| @var{number} bytes. | |
| @item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number} | |
| Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input | |
| to @var{number} + 1. | |
| @item --no-pad-sections | |
| Stop the assembler for padding the ends of output sections to the alignment | |
| of that section. The default is to pad the sections, but this can waste space | |
| which might be needed on targets which have tight memory constraints. | |
| @item -o @var{objfile} | |
| Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}. | |
| @item -R | |
| Fold the data section into the text section. | |
| @item --hash-size=@var{number} | |
| Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to | |
| @var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the | |
| assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's | |
| memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory | |
| requirements at the expense of speed. | |
| @item --reduce-memory-overheads | |
| This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the | |
| assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for | |
| @samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well. | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| @item --sectname-subst | |
| Honor substitution sequences in section names. | |
| @ifclear man | |
| @xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @end ifset | |
| @item --statistics | |
| Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by | |
| assembly. | |
| @item --strip-local-absolute | |
| Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table. | |
| @item -v | |
| @itemx -version | |
| Print the @command{as} version. | |
| @item --version | |
| Print the @command{as} version and exit. | |
| @item -W | |
| @itemx --no-warn | |
| Suppress warning messages. | |
| @item --fatal-warnings | |
| Treat warnings as errors. | |
| @item --warn | |
| Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors. | |
| @item -w | |
| Ignored. | |
| @item -x | |
| Ignored. | |
| @item -Z | |
| Generate an object file even after errors. | |
| @item -- | @var{files} @dots{} | |
| Standard input, or source files to assemble. | |
| @end table | |
| @c man end | |
| @ifset AARCH64 | |
| @ifclear man | |
| @xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured | |
| for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64). | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset man | |
| @c man begin OPTIONS | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the | |
| 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64). | |
| @c man end | |
| @c man begin INCLUDE | |
| @include c-aarch64.texi | |
| @c ended inside the included file | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset ALPHA | |
| @ifclear man | |
| @xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured | |
| for an Alpha processor. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset man | |
| @c man begin OPTIONS | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha | |
| processor. | |
| @c man end | |
| @c man begin INCLUDE | |
| @include c-alpha.texi | |
| @c ended inside the included file | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| @c man begin OPTIONS | |
| @ifset ARC | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC | |
| processor. | |
| @table @gcctabopt | |
| @item -mcpu=@var{cpu} | |
| This option selects the core processor variant. | |
| @item -EB | -EL | |
| Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output. | |
| @item -mcode-density | |
| Enable Code Density extenssion instructions. | |
| @end table | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset ARM | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM | |
| processor family. | |
| @table @gcctabopt | |
| @item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}] | |
| Specify which ARM processor variant is the target. | |
| @item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}] | |
| Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target. | |
| @item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format} | |
| Select which Floating Point architecture is the target. | |
| @item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi} | |
| Select which floating point ABI is in use. | |
| @item -mthumb | |
| Enable Thumb only instruction decoding. | |
| @item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant | |
| Select which procedure calling convention is in use. | |
| @item -EB | -EL | |
| Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output. | |
| @item -mthumb-interwork | |
| Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and | |
| ARM code in mind. | |
| @item -mccs | |
| Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode. | |
| @item -k | |
| Specify that PIC code has been generated. | |
| @end table | |
| @end ifset | |
| @c man end | |
| @ifset Blackfin | |
| @ifclear man | |
| @xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is | |
| configured for the Blackfin processor family. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset man | |
| @c man begin OPTIONS | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for | |
| the Blackfin processor family. | |
| @c man end | |
| @c man begin INCLUDE | |
| @include c-bfin.texi | |
| @c ended inside the included file | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| @c man begin OPTIONS | |
| @ifset CRIS | |
| See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset D10V | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for | |
| a D10V processor. | |
| @table @gcctabopt | |
| @cindex D10V optimization | |
| @cindex optimization, D10V | |
| @item -O | |
| Optimize output by parallelizing instructions. | |
| @end table | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset D30V | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V | |
| processor. | |
| @table @gcctabopt | |
| @cindex D30V optimization | |
| @cindex optimization, D30V | |
| @item -O | |
| Optimize output by parallelizing instructions. | |
| @cindex D30V nops | |
| @item -n | |
| Warn when nops are generated. | |
| @cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply | |
| @item -N | |
| Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated. | |
| @end table | |
| @end ifset | |
| @c man end | |
| @ifset EPIPHANY | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the | |
| Adapteva EPIPHANY series. | |
| @ifclear man | |
| @xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is | |
| configured for an Epiphany processor. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset man | |
| @c man begin OPTIONS | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for | |
| an Epiphany processor. | |
| @c man end | |
| @c man begin INCLUDE | |
| @include c-epiphany.texi | |
| @c ended inside the included file | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset H8300 | |
| @ifclear man | |
| @xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured | |
| for an H8/300 processor. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset man | |
| @c man begin OPTIONS | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300 | |
| processor. | |
| @c man end | |
| @c man begin INCLUDE | |
| @include c-h8300.texi | |
| @c ended inside the included file | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset I80386 | |
| @ifclear man | |
| @xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is | |
| configured for an i386 processor. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset man | |
| @c man begin OPTIONS | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for | |
| an i386 processor. | |
| @c man end | |
| @c man begin INCLUDE | |
| @include c-i386.texi | |
| @c ended inside the included file | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| @c man begin OPTIONS | |
| @ifset I960 | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the | |
| Intel 80960 processor. | |
| @table @gcctabopt | |
| @item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC | |
| Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target. | |
| @item -b | |
| Add code to collect statistics about branches taken. | |
| @item -no-relax | |
| Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements; | |
| error if necessary. | |
| @end table | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset IP2K | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the | |
| Ubicom IP2K series. | |
| @table @gcctabopt | |
| @item -mip2022ext | |
| Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed. | |
| @item -mip2022 | |
| Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to | |
| just the basic IP2022 ones. | |
| @end table | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset M32C | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the | |
| Renesas M32C and M16C processors. | |
| @table @gcctabopt | |
| @item -m32c | |
| Assemble M32C instructions. | |
| @item -m16c | |
| Assemble M16C instructions (the default). | |
| @item -relax | |
| Enable support for link-time relaxations. | |
| @item -h-tick-hex | |
| Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style. | |
| @end table | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset M32R | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the | |
| Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series. | |
| @table @gcctabopt | |
| @item --m32rx | |
| Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default | |
| is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX. | |
| @item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp | |
| Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are | |
| encountered. | |
| @item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp | |
| Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are | |
| encountered. | |
| @end table | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset M680X0 | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the | |
| Motorola 68000 series. | |
| @table @gcctabopt | |
| @item -l | |
| Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two. | |
| @item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030 | |
| @itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332 | |
| @itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200 | |
| Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default | |
| is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time. | |
| @item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882 | |
| The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor. | |
| The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although | |
| the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the | |
| two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the | |
| coprocessor instructions with the main processor. | |
| @item -m68851 | -mno-68851 | |
| The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management | |
| unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up. | |
| @end table | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset NIOSII | |
| @ifclear man | |
| @xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured | |
| for an Altera Nios II processor. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset man | |
| @c man begin OPTIONS | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an | |
| Altera Nios II processor. | |
| @c man end | |
| @c man begin INCLUDE | |
| @include c-nios2.texi | |
| @c ended inside the included file | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset PDP11 | |
| For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options, | |
| see @ref{PDP-11-Options}. | |
| @table @gcctabopt | |
| @item -mpic | -mno-pic | |
| Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The | |
| default is @option{-mpic}. | |
| @item -mall | |
| @itemx -mall-extensions | |
| Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default. | |
| @item -mno-extensions | |
| Disable all instruction set extensions. | |
| @item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension} | |
| Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension. | |
| @item -m@var{cpu} | |
| Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and | |
| disable all other extensions. | |
| @item -m@var{machine} | |
| Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine | |
| model, and disable all other extensions. | |
| @end table | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset PJ | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for | |
| a picoJava processor. | |
| @table @gcctabopt | |
| @cindex PJ endianness | |
| @cindex endianness, PJ | |
| @cindex big endian output, PJ | |
| @item -mb | |
| Generate ``big endian'' format output. | |
| @cindex little endian output, PJ | |
| @item -ml | |
| Generate ``little endian'' format output. | |
| @end table | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset PRU | |
| @ifclear man | |
| @xref{PRU Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured | |
| for a PRU processor. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset man | |
| @c man begin OPTIONS | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a | |
| PRU processor. | |
| @c man end | |
| @c man begin INCLUDE | |
| @include c-pru.texi | |
| @c ended inside the included file | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset M68HC11 | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the | |
| Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series. | |
| @table @gcctabopt | |
| @item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg | |
| Specify what processor is the target. The default is | |
| defined by the configuration option when building the assembler. | |
| @item --xgate-ramoffset | |
| Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into | |
| XGATE address space. | |
| @item -mshort | |
| Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI. | |
| @item -mlong | |
| Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI. | |
| @item -mshort-double | |
| Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI. | |
| @item -mlong-double | |
| Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI. | |
| @item --force-long-branches | |
| Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns | |
| conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a | |
| sub routine. | |
| @item -S | --short-branches | |
| Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones | |
| when the offset is out of range. | |
| @item --strict-direct-mode | |
| Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode | |
| when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode. | |
| @item --print-insn-syntax | |
| Print the syntax of instruction in case of error. | |
| @item --print-opcodes | |
| Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit. | |
| @item --generate-example | |
| Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit. | |
| This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}. | |
| @end table | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset SPARC | |
| The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured | |
| for the SPARC architecture: | |
| @table @gcctabopt | |
| @item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite | |
| @itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a | |
| Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture. | |
| @samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment. | |
| @samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment. | |
| @samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with | |
| UltraSPARC extensions. | |
| @item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa | |
| For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are | |
| equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively. | |
| @item -bump | |
| Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture. | |
| @end table | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset TIC54X | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x | |
| architecture. | |
| @table @gcctabopt | |
| @item -mfar-mode | |
| Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume | |
| extended addressing (usually 23 bits). | |
| @item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION} | |
| Sets the CPU version being compiled for. | |
| @item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME} | |
| Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such | |
| behaviour in the shell. | |
| @end table | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset MIPS | |
| @c man begin OPTIONS | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for | |
| a MIPS processor. | |
| @table @gcctabopt | |
| @item -G @var{num} | |
| This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced | |
| implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that | |
| use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8. | |
| @cindex MIPS endianness | |
| @cindex endianness, MIPS | |
| @cindex big endian output, MIPS | |
| @item -EB | |
| Generate ``big endian'' format output. | |
| @cindex little endian output, MIPS | |
| @item -EL | |
| Generate ``little endian'' format output. | |
| @cindex MIPS ISA | |
| @item -mips1 | |
| @itemx -mips2 | |
| @itemx -mips3 | |
| @itemx -mips4 | |
| @itemx -mips5 | |
| @itemx -mips32 | |
| @itemx -mips32r2 | |
| @itemx -mips32r3 | |
| @itemx -mips32r5 | |
| @itemx -mips32r6 | |
| @itemx -mips64 | |
| @itemx -mips64r2 | |
| @itemx -mips64r3 | |
| @itemx -mips64r5 | |
| @itemx -mips64r6 | |
| Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level. | |
| @samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an | |
| alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for | |
| @samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}. | |
| @samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3}, | |
| @samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2}, | |
| @samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic | |
| MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32 | |
| Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and | |
| MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively. | |
| @item -march=@var{cpu} | |
| Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU. | |
| @item -mtune=@var{cpu} | |
| Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU. | |
| @item -mfix7000 | |
| @itemx -mno-fix7000 | |
| Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register | |
| of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions. | |
| @item -mfix-rm7000 | |
| @itemx -mno-fix-rm7000 | |
| Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is | |
| followed by a load instruction. | |
| @item -mdebug | |
| @itemx -no-mdebug | |
| Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug | |
| section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections. | |
| @item -mpdr | |
| @itemx -mno-pdr | |
| Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections. | |
| @item -mgp32 | |
| @itemx -mfp32 | |
| The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these | |
| flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at | |
| all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers | |
| and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers. | |
| @item -mgp64 | |
| @itemx -mfp64 | |
| The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these | |
| flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at | |
| all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers | |
| and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers. | |
| @item -mfpxx | |
| The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using | |
| this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant | |
| which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are | |
| 32 or 64 bits wide. | |
| @item -modd-spreg | |
| @itemx -mno-odd-spreg | |
| Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision | |
| registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies | |
| @samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}. | |
| @item -mips16 | |
| @itemx -no-mips16 | |
| Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting | |
| @code{.module mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16} | |
| turns off this option. | |
| @item -mmips16e2 | |
| @itemx -mno-mips16e2 | |
| Enable the use of MIPS16e2 instructions in MIPS16 mode. This is equivalent | |
| to putting @code{.module mips16e2} at the start of the assembly file. | |
| @samp{-mno-mips16e2} turns off this option. | |
| @item -mmicromips | |
| @itemx -mno-micromips | |
| Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting | |
| @code{.module micromips} at the start of the assembly file. | |
| @samp{-mno-micromips} turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting | |
| @code{.module nomicromips} at the start of the assembly file. | |
| @item -msmartmips | |
| @itemx -mno-smartmips | |
| Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is | |
| equivalent to putting @code{.module smartmips} at the start of the assembly | |
| file. @samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option. | |
| @item -mips3d | |
| @itemx -no-mips3d | |
| Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension. | |
| This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions. | |
| @samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option. | |
| @item -mdmx | |
| @itemx -no-mdmx | |
| Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension. | |
| This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions. | |
| @samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option. | |
| @item -mdsp | |
| @itemx -mno-dsp | |
| Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension. | |
| This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions. | |
| @samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option. | |
| @item -mdspr2 | |
| @itemx -mno-dspr2 | |
| Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension. | |
| This option implies @samp{-mdsp}. | |
| This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions. | |
| @samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option. | |
| @item -mdspr3 | |
| @itemx -mno-dspr3 | |
| Generate code for the DSP Release 3 Application Specific Extension. | |
| This option implies @samp{-mdsp} and @samp{-mdspr2}. | |
| This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 3 instructions. | |
| @samp{-mno-dspr3} turns off this option. | |
| @item -mmsa | |
| @itemx -mno-msa | |
| Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension. | |
| This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions. | |
| @samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option. | |
| @item -mxpa | |
| @itemx -mno-xpa | |
| Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension. | |
| This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions. | |
| @samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option. | |
| @item -mmt | |
| @itemx -mno-mt | |
| Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension. | |
| This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions. | |
| @samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option. | |
| @item -mmcu | |
| @itemx -mno-mcu | |
| Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension. | |
| This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions. | |
| @samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option. | |
| @item -minsn32 | |
| @itemx -mno-insn32 | |
| Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the | |
| microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit | |
| instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at | |
| the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this | |
| option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the | |
| start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is | |
| selected, allowing all instructions to be used. | |
| @item --construct-floats | |
| @itemx --no-construct-floats | |
| The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of | |
| double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the | |
| value into the two single width floating point registers that make up | |
| the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is | |
| selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants. | |
| @item --relax-branch | |
| @itemx --no-relax-branch | |
| The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range | |
| branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any | |
| out-of-range branches to produce an error. | |
| @item -mignore-branch-isa | |
| @itemx -mno-ignore-branch-isa | |
| Ignore branch checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes. The | |
| semantics of branches does not provide for an ISA mode switch, so in | |
| most cases the ISA mode a branch has been encoded for has to be the | |
| same as the ISA mode of the branch's target label. Therefore GAS has | |
| checks implemented that verify in branch assembly that the two ISA | |
| modes match. @samp{-mignore-branch-isa} disables these checks. By | |
| default @samp{-mno-ignore-branch-isa} is selected, causing any invalid | |
| branch requiring a transition between ISA modes to produce an error. | |
| @item -mnan=@var{encoding} | |
| Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy | |
| (@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default. | |
| @cindex emulation | |
| @item --emulation=@var{name} | |
| This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output | |
| on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was | |
| removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose. | |
| It is retained for backwards compatibility. | |
| The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and | |
| @samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output | |
| is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and | |
| big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the | |
| preferred options instead. | |
| @item -nocpp | |
| @command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with | |
| the native tools. | |
| @item --trap | |
| @itemx --no-trap | |
| @itemx --break | |
| @itemx --no-break | |
| Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero. | |
| @samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception | |
| (and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher); | |
| @samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a | |
| break exception. | |
| @item -n | |
| When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every | |
| time it generates a nop instruction from a macro. | |
| @end table | |
| @c man end | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset MCORE | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for | |
| an MCore processor. | |
| @table @gcctabopt | |
| @item -jsri2bsr | |
| @itemx -nojsri2bsr | |
| Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled. | |
| The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it. | |
| @item -sifilter | |
| @itemx -nosifilter | |
| Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled. | |
| The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option. | |
| @item -relax | |
| Alter jump instructions for long displacements. | |
| @item -mcpu=[210|340] | |
| Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions | |
| can be assembled. | |
| @item -EB | |
| Assemble for a big endian target. | |
| @item -EL | |
| Assemble for a little endian target. | |
| @end table | |
| @end ifset | |
| @c man end | |
| @ifset METAG | |
| @ifclear man | |
| @xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured | |
| for a Meta processor. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset man | |
| @c man begin OPTIONS | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a | |
| Meta processor. | |
| @c man end | |
| @c man begin INCLUDE | |
| @include c-metag.texi | |
| @c ended inside the included file | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| @c man begin OPTIONS | |
| @ifset MMIX | |
| See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset NDS32 | |
| @ifclear man | |
| @xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured | |
| for a NDS32 processor. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @c ended inside the included file | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset man | |
| @c man begin OPTIONS | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a | |
| NDS32 processor. | |
| @c man end | |
| @c man begin INCLUDE | |
| @include c-nds32.texi | |
| @c ended inside the included file | |
| @end ifset | |
| @c man end | |
| @ifset PPC | |
| @ifclear man | |
| @xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured | |
| for a PowerPC processor. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset man | |
| @c man begin OPTIONS | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a | |
| PowerPC processor. | |
| @c man end | |
| @c man begin INCLUDE | |
| @include c-ppc.texi | |
| @c ended inside the included file | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset RISCV | |
| @ifclear man | |
| @xref{RISC-V-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured | |
| for a RISC-V processor. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset man | |
| @c man begin OPTIONS | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a | |
| RISC-V processor. | |
| @c man end | |
| @c man begin INCLUDE | |
| @include c-riscv.texi | |
| @c ended inside the included file | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| @c man begin OPTIONS | |
| @ifset RX | |
| See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset S390 | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390 | |
| processor family. | |
| @table @gcctabopt | |
| @item -m31 | |
| @itemx -m64 | |
| Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits. | |
| @item -mesa | |
| @item -mzarch | |
| Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System | |
| Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch). | |
| @item -march=@var{processor} | |
| Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g5} (or | |
| @samp{arch3}), @samp{g6}, @samp{z900} (or @samp{arch5}), @samp{z990} (or | |
| @samp{arch6}), @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec} (or @samp{arch7}), @samp{z10} (or | |
| @samp{arch8}), @samp{z196} (or @samp{arch9}), @samp{zEC12} (or @samp{arch10}), | |
| @samp{z13} (or @samp{arch11}), or @samp{z14} (or @samp{arch12}). | |
| @item -mregnames | |
| @itemx -mno-regnames | |
| Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers. | |
| @item -mwarn-areg-zero | |
| Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified | |
| but evaluates to zero. | |
| @end table | |
| @end ifset | |
| @c man end | |
| @ifset TIC6X | |
| @ifclear man | |
| @xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured | |
| for a TMS320C6000 processor. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset man | |
| @c man begin OPTIONS | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a | |
| TMS320C6000 processor. | |
| @c man end | |
| @c man begin INCLUDE | |
| @include c-tic6x.texi | |
| @c ended inside the included file | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset TILEGX | |
| @ifclear man | |
| @xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured | |
| for a TILE-Gx processor. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset man | |
| @c man begin OPTIONS | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx | |
| processor. | |
| @c man end | |
| @c man begin INCLUDE | |
| @include c-tilegx.texi | |
| @c ended inside the included file | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset VISIUM | |
| @ifclear man | |
| @xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured | |
| for a Visium processor. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset man | |
| @c man begin OPTIONS | |
| The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium | |
| processor. | |
| @c man end | |
| @c man begin INCLUDE | |
| @include c-visium.texi | |
| @c ended inside the included file | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset XTENSA | |
| @ifclear man | |
| @xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured | |
| for an Xtensa processor. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset man | |
| @c man begin OPTIONS | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an | |
| Xtensa processor. | |
| @c man end | |
| @c man begin INCLUDE | |
| @include c-xtensa.texi | |
| @c ended inside the included file | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| @c man begin OPTIONS | |
| @ifset Z80 | |
| The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for | |
| a Z80 family processor. | |
| @table @gcctabopt | |
| @item -z80 | |
| Assemble for Z80 processor. | |
| @item -r800 | |
| Assemble for R800 processor. | |
| @item -ignore-undocumented-instructions | |
| @itemx -Wnud | |
| Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning. | |
| @item -ignore-unportable-instructions | |
| @itemx -Wnup | |
| Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning. | |
| @item -warn-undocumented-instructions | |
| @itemx -Wud | |
| Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800. | |
| @item -warn-unportable-instructions | |
| @itemx -Wup | |
| Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800. | |
| @item -forbid-undocumented-instructions | |
| @itemx -Fud | |
| Treat all undocumented instructions as errors. | |
| @item -forbid-unportable-instructions | |
| @itemx -Fup | |
| Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors. | |
| @end table | |
| @end ifset | |
| @c man end | |
| @menu | |
| * Manual:: Structure of this Manual | |
| * GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler | |
| * Object Formats:: Object File Formats | |
| * Command Line:: Command Line | |
| * Input Files:: Input Files | |
| * Object:: Output (Object) File | |
| * Errors:: Error and Warning Messages | |
| @end menu | |
| @node Manual | |
| @section Structure of this Manual | |
| @cindex manual, structure and purpose | |
| This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use | |
| @sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including | |
| notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that | |
| @command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. | |
| @ifclear GENERIC | |
| We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET} | |
| configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset GENERIC | |
| This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of | |
| various flavors of the assembler. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @cindex machine instructions (not covered) | |
| On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction | |
| to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general! | |
| In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine | |
| architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard | |
| mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a | |
| particular architecture. | |
| @ifset GENERIC | |
| You may want to consult the manufacturer's | |
| machine architecture manual for this information. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifclear GENERIC | |
| @ifset H8/300 | |
| For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300 | |
| Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series | |
| Programming Manual} (Renesas). | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset SH | |
| For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set, | |
| see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or | |
| @cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and | |
| @cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH). | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset Z8000 | |
| For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual} | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991 | |
| @ignore | |
| Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU}, | |
| the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software | |
| Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of | |
| computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on); | |
| once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less | |
| qualification. | |
| @command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level | |
| human-readable series of instructions into a low-level | |
| computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of | |
| @command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer. | |
| @end ignore | |
| @c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined | |
| @c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any | |
| @c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16 | |
| @c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user | |
| @c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define. | |
| @c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual; | |
| @c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of | |
| @c directives). | |
| @node GNU Assembler | |
| @section The GNU Assembler | |
| @c man begin DESCRIPTION | |
| @sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers. | |
| @ifclear GENERIC | |
| This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is | |
| configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you | |
| should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another | |
| architecture. Each version has much in common with the others, | |
| including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called | |
| @dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill | |
| @cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler | |
| @command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the | |
| @sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker | |
| @code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}} | |
| assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same | |
| machine would assemble. | |
| @ifset VAX | |
| Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}). | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset M680X0 | |
| @c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption | |
| @c here is that generic version sets M680x0. | |
| This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another | |
| assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several | |
| incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @c man end | |
| Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source | |
| program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the | |
| @kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}). | |
| @node Object Formats | |
| @section Object File Formats | |
| @cindex object file format | |
| The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative | |
| object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you | |
| write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols | |
| are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol | |
| Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}. | |
| @ifclear GENERIC | |
| @ifclear MULTI-OBJ | |
| For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce | |
| @value{OBJ-NAME} format object files. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally | |
| @ifset I960 | |
| On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either | |
| @code{b.out} or COFF format object files. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset HPPA | |
| On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either | |
| SOM or ELF format object files. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @node Command Line | |
| @section Command Line | |
| @cindex command line conventions | |
| After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain | |
| options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be | |
| before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is | |
| significant. | |
| @cindex standard input, as input file | |
| @kindex -- | |
| @file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file | |
| explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble. | |
| @cindex options, command line | |
| Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a | |
| hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of | |
| @command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An | |
| option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of | |
| the letter is important. All options are optional. | |
| Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file | |
| name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible | |
| with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu} | |
| standard). These two command lines are equivalent: | |
| @smallexample | |
| @value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s | |
| @value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s | |
| @end smallexample | |
| @node Input Files | |
| @section Input Files | |
| @cindex input | |
| @cindex source program | |
| @cindex files, input | |
| We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to | |
| describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may | |
| be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files | |
| doesn't change the meaning of the source. | |
| @c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my | |
| @c APL training... doc@cygnus.com | |
| The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the | |
| order specified. | |
| @c man begin DESCRIPTION | |
| Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source | |
| program. The source program is made up of one or more files. | |
| (The standard input is also a file.) | |
| You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file | |
| names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A | |
| command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning | |
| is taken to be an input file name. | |
| If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file | |
| from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You | |
| may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program | |
| to assemble. | |
| Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file | |
| in your command line. | |
| If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object | |
| file. | |
| @c man end | |
| @subheading Filenames and Line-numbers | |
| @cindex input file linenumbers | |
| @cindex line numbers, in input files | |
| There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and | |
| either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line | |
| number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a | |
| ``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}. | |
| @dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given | |
| to @command{@value{AS}}. | |
| @dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler | |
| directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help | |
| error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source | |
| is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the | |
| @samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also | |
| @ref{File,,@code{.file}}. | |
| @node Object | |
| @section Output (Object) File | |
| @cindex object file | |
| @cindex output file | |
| @kindex a.out | |
| @kindex .o | |
| Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is | |
| your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file | |
| is the object file. Its default name is | |
| @ifclear BOUT | |
| @code{a.out}. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset BOUT | |
| @ifset GENERIC | |
| @code{a.out}, or | |
| @end ifset | |
| @code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960. | |
| @end ifset | |
| You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally, | |
| object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical | |
| reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs | |
| directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently | |
| possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.) | |
| @cindex linker | |
| @kindex ld | |
| The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains | |
| assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate | |
| the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic | |
| information for the debugger. | |
| @c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out. | |
| @c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage. | |
| @node Errors | |
| @section Error and Warning Messages | |
| @c man begin DESCRIPTION | |
| @cindex error messages | |
| @cindex warning messages | |
| @cindex messages from assembler | |
| @command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error | |
| file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler | |
| runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so | |
| that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a | |
| grave problem that stops the assembly. | |
| @c man end | |
| @cindex format of warning messages | |
| Warning messages have the format | |
| @smallexample | |
| file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text | |
| @end smallexample | |
| @noindent | |
| @cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors | |
| (where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name | |
| (@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number | |
| @ifset GENERIC | |
| (@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}}) | |
| @end ifset | |
| have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number | |
| in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is | |
| intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition). | |
| Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file} | |
| directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example: | |
| @smallexample | |
| .file 2 "bar.c" | |
| error_assembler_source | |
| .file "foo.c" | |
| .line 30 | |
| error_c_source | |
| @end smallexample | |
| produces this output: | |
| @smallexample | |
| Assembler messages: | |
| asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source' | |
| foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source' | |
| @end smallexample | |
| @cindex format of error messages | |
| Error messages have the format | |
| @smallexample | |
| file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text | |
| @end smallexample | |
| The file name and line number are derived as for warning | |
| messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory | |
| because many of them aren't supposed to happen. | |
| @node Invoking | |
| @chapter Command-Line Options | |
| @cindex options, all versions of assembler | |
| This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all} | |
| versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies}, | |
| for options specific | |
| @ifclear GENERIC | |
| to the @value{TARGET} target. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset GENERIC | |
| to particular machine architectures. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @c man begin DESCRIPTION | |
| If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler, | |
| you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler. | |
| The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa}) | |
| by commas. For example: | |
| @smallexample | |
| gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c | |
| @end smallexample | |
| @noindent | |
| This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to | |
| standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain | |
| local symbols in the symbol table). | |
| Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler | |
| command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler. | |
| (You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see | |
| precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the | |
| assembler.) | |
| @c man end | |
| @menu | |
| * a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings | |
| * alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax | |
| * D:: -D for compatibility | |
| * f:: -f to work faster | |
| * I:: -I for .include search path | |
| @ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE | |
| * K:: -K for compatibility | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE | |
| * K:: -K for difference tables | |
| @end ifset | |
| * L:: -L to retain local symbols | |
| * listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output | |
| * M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode | |
| * MD:: --MD for dependency tracking | |
| * no-pad-sections:: --no-pad-sections to stop section padding | |
| * o:: -o to name the object file | |
| * R:: -R to join data and text sections | |
| * statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly | |
| * traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output | |
| * v:: -v to announce version | |
| * W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings | |
| * Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors | |
| @end menu | |
| @node a | |
| @section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]} | |
| @kindex -a | |
| @kindex -ac | |
| @kindex -ad | |
| @kindex -ag | |
| @kindex -ah | |
| @kindex -al | |
| @kindex -an | |
| @kindex -as | |
| @cindex listings, enabling | |
| @cindex assembly listings, enabling | |
| These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself, | |
| @samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing. | |
| You can use other letters to select specific options for the list: | |
| @samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing, | |
| @samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and | |
| @samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing. | |
| High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like | |
| @samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested | |
| also. | |
| Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly | |
| information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp. | |
| Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines | |
| which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any | |
| other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be | |
| omitted from the listing. | |
| Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the | |
| listing. | |
| Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control | |
| listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list}, | |
| @code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and | |
| @code{.sbttl}. | |
| The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing. | |
| If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the | |
| listing-control directives have no effect. | |
| The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option, | |
| @emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}. | |
| Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g., | |
| because it | |
| is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch | |
| is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor | |
| directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from | |
| stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces | |
| memory usage and makes the code more efficient. | |
| @node alternate | |
| @section @option{--alternate} | |
| @kindex --alternate | |
| Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}. | |
| @node D | |
| @section @option{-D} | |
| @kindex -D | |
| This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more | |
| likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with | |
| @command{@value{AS}}. | |
| @node f | |
| @section Work Faster: @option{-f} | |
| @kindex -f | |
| @cindex trusted compiler | |
| @cindex faster processing (@option{-f}) | |
| @samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a | |
| (trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace | |
| and comment preprocessing on | |
| the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing, | |
| ,Preprocessing}. | |
| @quotation | |
| @emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be | |
| preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does | |
| not work correctly. | |
| @end quotation | |
| @node I | |
| @section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path} | |
| @kindex -I @var{path} | |
| @cindex paths for @code{.include} | |
| @cindex search path for @code{.include} | |
| @cindex @code{include} directive search path | |
| Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories | |
| @command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include} | |
| directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as | |
| many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current | |
| working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}} | |
| searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were | |
| specified (left to right) on the command line. | |
| @node K | |
| @section Difference Tables: @option{-K} | |
| @kindex -K | |
| @ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE | |
| On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is | |
| permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms, | |
| where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code | |
| generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET} | |
| family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this | |
| alteration on other platforms. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE | |
| @cindex difference tables, warning | |
| @cindex warning for altered difference tables | |
| @command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the | |
| form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}. | |
| You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this | |
| is done. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @node L | |
| @section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L} | |
| @kindex -L | |
| @cindex local symbols, retaining in output | |
| Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically | |
| @samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are | |
| called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see | |
| such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of | |
| programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your | |
| notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard | |
| such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them. | |
| This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols | |
| in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker | |
| @code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols. | |
| @node listing | |
| @section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing} | |
| The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch | |
| @samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a | |
| hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays | |
| them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by | |
| directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}), | |
| @code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}), | |
| @code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and | |
| @code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches: | |
| @table @gcctabopt | |
| @item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number} | |
| @kindex --listing-lhs-width | |
| @cindex Width of first line disassembly output | |
| Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This | |
| dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output. | |
| @item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number} | |
| @kindex --listing-lhs-width2 | |
| @cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output | |
| Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for | |
| a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being | |
| the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither | |
| switch is used the default is to one. | |
| @item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number} | |
| @kindex --listing-rhs-width | |
| @cindex Width of source line output | |
| Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed | |
| alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The | |
| source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output. | |
| @item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number} | |
| @kindex --listing-cont-lines | |
| @cindex Maximum number of continuation lines | |
| Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be | |
| displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4. | |
| @end table | |
| @node M | |
| @section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M} | |
| @kindex -M | |
| @cindex MRI compatibility mode | |
| The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This | |
| changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it | |
| compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the | |
| configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the | |
| MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more | |
| information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro | |
| arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit | |
| assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}. | |
| The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler | |
| depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object | |
| file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format | |
| individually. These are: | |
| @itemize @bullet | |
| @item global symbols in common section | |
| The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker. | |
| Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles | |
| common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local | |
| symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global | |
| symbols, since it has no way to describe them. | |
| @item complex relocations | |
| The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and | |
| relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These | |
| are not support by other object file formats. | |
| @item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address | |
| The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address. | |
| This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may | |
| instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker | |
| script. | |
| @item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops | |
| The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module | |
| name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats. | |
| @item @code{ORG} pseudo-op | |
| The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given | |
| address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op, | |
| which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are | |
| not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be | |
| assigned within a linker script. | |
| @end itemize | |
| There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by | |
| @command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they | |
| seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases. | |
| @itemize @bullet | |
| @item EBCDIC strings | |
| EBCDIC strings are not supported. | |
| @item packed binary coded decimal | |
| Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P} | |
| and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported. | |
| @item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op | |
| The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported. | |
| @item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op | |
| The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported. | |
| @item @code{OPT} branch control options | |
| The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB}, | |
| @code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically | |
| relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so | |
| these options serve no purpose. | |
| @item @code{OPT} list control options | |
| The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C}, | |
| @code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M}, | |
| @code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}. | |
| @item other @code{OPT} options | |
| The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O}, | |
| @code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}. | |
| @item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default | |
| The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler. | |
| @code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off. | |
| @item @code{XREF} pseudo-op. | |
| The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored. | |
| @item @code{.debug} pseudo-op | |
| The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported. | |
| @item @code{.extended} pseudo-op | |
| The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported. | |
| @item @code{.list} pseudo-op. | |
| The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported. | |
| @item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op | |
| The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported. | |
| @item @code{.output} pseudo-op | |
| The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported. | |
| @item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op | |
| The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported. | |
| @end itemize | |
| @node MD | |
| @section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD} | |
| @kindex --MD | |
| @cindex dependency tracking | |
| @cindex make rules | |
| @command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This | |
| file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the | |
| dependencies of the main source file. | |
| The rule is written to the file named in its argument. | |
| This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles. | |
| @node no-pad-sections | |
| @section Output Section Padding | |
| @kindex --no-pad-sections | |
| @cindex output section padding | |
| Normally the assembler will pad the end of each output section up to its | |
| alignment boundary. But this can waste space, which can be significant on | |
| memory constrained targets. So the @option{--no-pad-sections} option will | |
| disable this behaviour. | |
| @node o | |
| @section Name the Object File: @option{-o} | |
| @kindex -o | |
| @cindex naming object file | |
| @cindex object file name | |
| There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By | |
| default it has the name | |
| @ifset GENERIC | |
| @ifset I960 | |
| @file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only). | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifclear I960 | |
| @file{a.out}. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifclear GENERIC | |
| @ifset I960 | |
| @file{b.out}. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifclear I960 | |
| @file{a.out}. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @end ifclear | |
| You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the | |
| object file a different name. | |
| Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any | |
| existing file of the same name. | |
| @node R | |
| @section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R} | |
| @kindex -R | |
| @cindex data and text sections, joining | |
| @cindex text and data sections, joining | |
| @cindex joining text and data sections | |
| @cindex merging text and data sections | |
| @option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all | |
| data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at | |
| the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data | |
| section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of | |
| your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are | |
| appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.) | |
| When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter | |
| address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and | |
| data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with | |
| older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way. | |
| @ifset COFF-ELF | |
| When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output, | |
| this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and | |
| @samp{.data}. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset HPPA | |
| @option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using | |
| @option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @node statistics | |
| @section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics} | |
| @kindex --statistics | |
| @cindex statistics, about assembly | |
| @cindex time, total for assembly | |
| @cindex space used, maximum for assembly | |
| Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by | |
| @command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly | |
| (in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu} | |
| seconds). | |
| @node traditional-format | |
| @section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format} | |
| @kindex --traditional-format | |
| For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways | |
| from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests | |
| @command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead. | |
| For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which | |
| @command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output. | |
| @node v | |
| @section Announce Version: @option{-v} | |
| @kindex -v | |
| @kindex -version | |
| @cindex assembler version | |
| @cindex version of assembler | |
| You can find out what version of as is running by including the | |
| option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the | |
| command line. | |
| @node W | |
| @section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings} | |
| @command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when | |
| assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often | |
| cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was | |
| made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file. | |
| @kindex -W | |
| @kindex --no-warn | |
| @cindex suppressing warnings | |
| @cindex warnings, suppressing | |
| If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued. | |
| This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of | |
| how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly, | |
| are still reported. | |
| @kindex --fatal-warnings | |
| @cindex errors, caused by warnings | |
| @cindex warnings, causing error | |
| If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers | |
| files that generate warnings to be in error. | |
| @kindex --warn | |
| @cindex warnings, switching on | |
| You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which | |
| causes warnings to be output as usual. | |
| @node Z | |
| @section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z} | |
| @cindex object file, after errors | |
| @cindex errors, continuing after | |
| After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for | |
| some reason you are interested in object file output even after | |
| @command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z} | |
| option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and | |
| writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n} | |
| errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.} | |
| @node Syntax | |
| @chapter Syntax | |
| @cindex machine-independent syntax | |
| @cindex syntax, machine-independent | |
| This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a | |
| source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other | |
| assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2 | |
| @ifclear VAX | |
| assembler. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset VAX | |
| assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @menu | |
| * Preprocessing:: Preprocessing | |
| * Whitespace:: Whitespace | |
| * Comments:: Comments | |
| * Symbol Intro:: Symbols | |
| * Statements:: Statements | |
| * Constants:: Constants | |
| @end menu | |
| @node Preprocessing | |
| @section Preprocessing | |
| @cindex preprocessing | |
| The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor: | |
| @itemize @bullet | |
| @cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor | |
| @item | |
| adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before | |
| the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into | |
| a single space. | |
| @cindex comments, removed by preprocessor | |
| @item | |
| removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an | |
| appropriate number of newlines. | |
| @cindex constants, converted by preprocessor | |
| @item | |
| converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values. | |
| @end itemize | |
| It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or | |
| anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can | |
| do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive | |
| (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver | |
| to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a | |
| @samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of | |
| Output, gcc info, Using GNU CC}. | |
| Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants | |
| cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not | |
| preprocessed. | |
| @cindex turning preprocessing on and off | |
| @cindex preprocessing, turning on and off | |
| @kindex #NO_APP | |
| @kindex #APP | |
| If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the | |
| @samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file. | |
| Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in | |
| specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the | |
| text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says | |
| @code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support | |
| @code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments | |
| and whitespace. | |
| @node Whitespace | |
| @section Whitespace | |
| @cindex whitespace | |
| @dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order. | |
| Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for | |
| people to read. Unless within character constants | |
| (@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same | |
| as exactly one space. | |
| @node Comments | |
| @section Comments | |
| @cindex comments | |
| There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both | |
| cases the comment is equivalent to one space. | |
| Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment. | |
| This means you may not nest these comments. | |
| @smallexample | |
| /* | |
| The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment | |
| is to use this sort of comment. | |
| */ | |
| /* This sort of comment does not nest. */ | |
| @end smallexample | |
| @cindex line comment character | |
| Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is | |
| considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target | |
| specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have | |
| line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a | |
| line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line | |
| comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending | |
| upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the | |
| @emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets. | |
| If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the | |
| special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and | |
| to specify logical line numbers: | |
| @kindex # | |
| @cindex lines starting with @code{#} | |
| @cindex logical line numbers | |
| To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a | |
| special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute | |
| expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next} | |
| line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a | |
| new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace. | |
| If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric, | |
| the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.) | |
| @smallexample | |
| # This is an ordinary comment. | |
| # 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name | |
| # This is logical line # 36. | |
| @end smallexample | |
| This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions | |
| of @command{@value{AS}}. | |
| @node Symbol Intro | |
| @section Symbols | |
| @cindex characters used in symbols | |
| @ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS | |
| A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all | |
| letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters | |
| @samp{_.$}. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset SPECIAL-SYMS | |
| @ifclear GENERIC | |
| @ifset H8 | |
| A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all | |
| letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters | |
| @samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in | |
| symbol names.) | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset GENERIC | |
| On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions | |
| are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. | |
| @end ifset | |
| No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant. | |
| There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters | |
| are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the | |
| beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end | |
| of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}. | |
| Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such | |
| cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double | |
| quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a | |
| backslash @code{\} character. | |
| @cindex length of symbols | |
| @node Statements | |
| @section Statements | |
| @cindex statements, structure of | |
| @cindex line separator character | |
| @cindex statement separator character | |
| A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a | |
| @dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target | |
| specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each | |
| target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character. | |
| The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the | |
| preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an | |
| exception: they do not end statements. | |
| @cindex newline, required at file end | |
| @cindex EOF, newline must precede | |
| It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last | |
| character of any input file should be a newline.@refill | |
| An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored. | |
| @cindex instructions and directives | |
| @cindex directives and instructions | |
| @c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to | |
| @c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com, | |
| @c 13feb91. | |
| A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a | |
| key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key | |
| symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the | |
| symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler | |
| directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with | |
| a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it | |
| assembles into a machine language instruction. | |
| @ifset GENERIC | |
| Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers | |
| recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may | |
| represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly | |
| language.@refill | |
| @end ifset | |
| @cindex @code{:} (label) | |
| @cindex label (@code{:}) | |
| A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}). | |
| Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not | |
| have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}. | |
| @ifset HPPA | |
| For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but | |
| the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that | |
| only one label may be defined on each line. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @smallexample | |
| label: .directive followed by something | |
| another_label: # This is an empty statement. | |
| instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{} | |
| @end smallexample | |
| @node Constants | |
| @section Constants | |
| @cindex constants | |
| A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by | |
| inspection, without knowing any context. Like this: | |
| @smallexample | |
| @group | |
| .byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value. | |
| .ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant. | |
| .octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum. | |
| .float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\ | |
| 95028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum. | |
| @end group | |
| @end smallexample | |
| @menu | |
| * Characters:: Character Constants | |
| * Numbers:: Number Constants | |
| @end menu | |
| @node Characters | |
| @subsection Character Constants | |
| @cindex character constants | |
| @cindex constants, character | |
| There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands | |
| for one character in one byte and its value may be used in | |
| numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string | |
| @emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be | |
| used in arithmetic expressions. | |
| @menu | |
| * Strings:: Strings | |
| * Chars:: Characters | |
| @end menu | |
| @node Strings | |
| @subsubsection Strings | |
| @cindex string constants | |
| @cindex constants, string | |
| A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain | |
| double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters | |
| into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with | |
| a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents | |
| one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells | |
| @command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash | |
| (which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an | |
| escape character). The complete list of escapes follows. | |
| @cindex escape codes, character | |
| @cindex character escape codes | |
| @c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character. | |
| @c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the | |
| @c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates: | |
| @c NOTE: \initial {\\} | |
| @c NOTE: which then results in the error message: | |
| @c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }. | |
| @c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been | |
| @c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem. | |
| @table @kbd | |
| @c @item \a | |
| @c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007. | |
| @c | |
| @cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character) | |
| @cindex backspace (@code{\b}) | |
| @item \b | |
| Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010. | |
| @c @item \e | |
| @c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004. | |
| @c | |
| @cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character) | |
| @cindex formfeed (@code{\f}) | |
| @item backslash-f | |
| Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014. | |
| @cindex @code{ \n} (newline character) | |
| @cindex newline (@code{\n}) | |
| @item \n | |
| Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012. | |
| @c @item \p | |
| @c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}. | |
| @c | |
| @cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character) | |
| @cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r}) | |
| @item \r | |
| Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015. | |
| @c @item \s | |
| @c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with | |
| @c other assemblers. | |
| @c | |
| @cindex @code{ \t} (tab) | |
| @cindex tab (@code{\t}) | |
| @item \t | |
| Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011. | |
| @c @item \v | |
| @c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013. | |
| @c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit} | |
| @c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits. | |
| @c | |
| @cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code) | |
| @cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}}) | |
| @item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit} | |
| An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits. | |
| For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits: | |
| for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011. | |
| @cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code) | |
| @cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}}) | |
| @item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...} | |
| A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or | |
| lower case @code{x} works. | |
| @cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character) | |
| @cindex backslash (@code{\\}) | |
| @item \\ | |
| Represents one @samp{\} character. | |
| @c @item \' | |
| @c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character. | |
| @c This is needed in single character literals | |
| @c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent | |
| @c a @samp{'}. | |
| @c | |
| @cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character) | |
| @cindex doublequote (@code{\"}) | |
| @item \" | |
| Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent | |
| this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string. | |
| @item \ @var{anything-else} | |
| Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but | |
| assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if | |
| you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal | |
| interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no | |
| other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong | |
| code and warns you of the fact. | |
| @end table | |
| Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent, | |
| varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think | |
| the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C | |
| compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape | |
| sequence. | |
| @node Chars | |
| @subsubsection Characters | |
| @cindex single character constant | |
| @cindex character, single | |
| @cindex constant, single character | |
| A single character may be written as a single quote immediately followed by | |
| that character. Some backslash escapes apply to characters, @code{\b}, | |
| @code{\f}, @code{\n}, @code{\r}, @code{\t}, and @code{\"} with the same meaning | |
| as for strings, plus @code{\'} for a single quote. So if you want to write the | |
| character backslash, you must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes | |
| the second @code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a grave | |
| accent. A newline | |
| @ifclear GENERIC | |
| @ifclear abnormal-separator | |
| (or semicolon @samp{;}) | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset abnormal-separator | |
| @ifset H8 | |
| (or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the | |
| Renesas SH) | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifclear | |
| immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character | |
| and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character | |
| constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for | |
| that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII: | |
| @kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill | |
| @node Numbers | |
| @subsection Number Constants | |
| @cindex constants, number | |
| @cindex number constants | |
| @command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they | |
| are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that | |
| would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are | |
| integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums} | |
| are floating point numbers, described below. | |
| @menu | |
| * Integers:: Integers | |
| * Bignums:: Bignums | |
| * Flonums:: Flonums | |
| @ifclear GENERIC | |
| @ifset I960 | |
| * Bit Fields:: Bit Fields | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @end menu | |
| @node Integers | |
| @subsubsection Integers | |
| @cindex integers | |
| @cindex constants, integer | |
| @cindex binary integers | |
| @cindex integers, binary | |
| A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of | |
| the binary digits @samp{01}. | |
| @cindex octal integers | |
| @cindex integers, octal | |
| An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal | |
| digits (@samp{01234567}). | |
| @cindex decimal integers | |
| @cindex integers, decimal | |
| A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or | |
| more digits (@samp{0123456789}). | |
| @cindex hexadecimal integers | |
| @cindex integers, hexadecimal | |
| A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or | |
| more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}. | |
| Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use | |
| the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions | |
| (@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}). | |
| @node Bignums | |
| @subsubsection Bignums | |
| @cindex bignums | |
| @cindex constants, bignum | |
| A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer | |
| except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to | |
| represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places | |
| integers are permitted while bignums are not. | |
| @node Flonums | |
| @subsubsection Flonums | |
| @cindex flonums | |
| @cindex floating point numbers | |
| @cindex constants, floating point | |
| @cindex precision, floating point | |
| A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is | |
| indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by | |
| @command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than | |
| sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted | |
| to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a | |
| portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer. | |
| A flonum is written by writing (in order) | |
| @itemize @bullet | |
| @item | |
| The digit @samp{0}. | |
| @ifset HPPA | |
| (@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.) | |
| @end ifset | |
| @item | |
| A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum. | |
| @ifset GENERIC | |
| @kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important. | |
| @ignore | |
| @c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases | |
| (Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD | |
| 4.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.) | |
| @end ignore | |
| On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH, | |
| and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be | |
| one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case). | |
| On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS} | |
| (in upper or lower case). | |
| On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be | |
| one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case). | |
| On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only). | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifclear GENERIC | |
| @ifset ARC | |
| One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case). | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset H8 | |
| One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case). | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset HPPA | |
| The letter @samp{E} (upper case only). | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset I960 | |
| One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case). | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @item | |
| An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}. | |
| @item | |
| An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits. | |
| @item | |
| An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero | |
| or more decimal digits. | |
| @item | |
| An optional exponent, consisting of: | |
| @itemize @bullet | |
| @item | |
| An @samp{E} or @samp{e}. | |
| @c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in | |
| @c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets. | |
| @item | |
| Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}. | |
| @item | |
| One or more decimal digits. | |
| @end itemize | |
| @end itemize | |
| At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be | |
| present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value. | |
| @command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed | |
| independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running | |
| @command{@value{AS}}. | |
| @ifclear GENERIC | |
| @ifset I960 | |
| @c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled | |
| @c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91) | |
| @c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS. | |
| @node Bit Fields | |
| @subsubsection Bit Fields | |
| @cindex bit fields | |
| @cindex constants, bit field | |
| You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}. | |
| Specify two numbers separated by a colon--- | |
| @example | |
| @var{mask}:@var{value} | |
| @end example | |
| @noindent | |
| @command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and | |
| @var{value}. | |
| The resulting number is then packed | |
| @ifset GENERIC | |
| @c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960 | |
| (in host-dependent byte order) | |
| @end ifset | |
| into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the | |
| bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and | |
| requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead, | |
| more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the | |
| least significant digits.@refill | |
| The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long}, | |
| @code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @node Sections | |
| @chapter Sections and Relocation | |
| @cindex sections | |
| @cindex relocation | |
| @menu | |
| * Secs Background:: Background | |
| * Ld Sections:: Linker Sections | |
| * As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections | |
| * Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections | |
| * bss:: bss Section | |
| @end menu | |
| @node Secs Background | |
| @section Background | |
| Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data | |
| ``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose. | |
| For example there may be a ``read only'' section. | |
| @cindex linker, and assembler | |
| @cindex assembler, and linker | |
| The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and | |
| combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}} | |
| emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0. | |
| @code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that | |
| different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an | |
| oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses | |
| sections. | |
| @code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time | |
| addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid | |
| units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes | |
| within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning | |
| run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes | |
| the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to | |
| the proper run-time addresses. | |
| @ifset H8 | |
| For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH, | |
| @command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to | |
| ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @cindex standard assembler sections | |
| An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any | |
| of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and | |
| @dfn{bss} sections. | |
| @ifset COFF-ELF | |
| @ifset GENERIC | |
| When it generates COFF or ELF output, | |
| @end ifset | |
| @command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify | |
| using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}). | |
| If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text} | |
| or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset HPPA | |
| @ifset GENERIC | |
| When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA, | |
| @end ifset | |
| @command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you | |
| specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See | |
| @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual} | |
| (HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} | |
| assembler directives. | |
| @ifset SOM | |
| Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard | |
| text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text | |
| is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and | |
| BSS into @samp{$BSS$}. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the | |
| data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section. | |
| @ifset HPPA | |
| When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text | |
| section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address | |
| @code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section. | |
| @end ifset | |
| To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are | |
| relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the | |
| object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation | |
| @code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object | |
| file is mentioned: | |
| @itemize @bullet | |
| @item | |
| Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to | |
| an address? | |
| @item | |
| How long (in bytes) is this reference? | |
| @item | |
| Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of | |
| @display | |
| (@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})? | |
| @end display | |
| @item | |
| Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''? | |
| @end itemize | |
| @cindex addresses, format of | |
| @cindex section-relative addressing | |
| In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as | |
| @display | |
| (@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section}) | |
| @end display | |
| @noindent | |
| Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative | |
| nature. | |
| @ifset SOM | |
| (For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are | |
| symbol-relative instead.) | |
| @end ifset | |
| In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset | |
| @var{N} into section @var{secname}.'' | |
| Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the | |
| @dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs, | |
| addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address | |
| @code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by | |
| @code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs' | |
| data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition} | |
| their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one | |
| part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as | |
| address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program. | |
| The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any | |
| address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition | |
| rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later. | |
| Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined | |
| address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named | |
| common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly | |
| time so it has section @emph{undefined}. | |
| By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in | |
| the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text | |
| sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is | |
| customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all | |
| the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for | |
| data and bss sections. | |
| Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for | |
| use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly. | |
| @node Ld Sections | |
| @section Linker Sections | |
| @code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below. | |
| @table @strong | |
| @ifset COFF-ELF | |
| @cindex named sections | |
| @cindex sections, named | |
| @item named sections | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset aout-bout | |
| @cindex text section | |
| @cindex data section | |
| @itemx text section | |
| @itemx data section | |
| @end ifset | |
| These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as | |
| separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is | |
| true of another. | |
| @c @ifset aout-bout | |
| When the program is running, however, it is | |
| customary for the text section to be unalterable. The | |
| text section is often shared among processes: it contains | |
| instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running | |
| program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored | |
| in the data section. | |
| @c @end ifset | |
| @cindex bss section | |
| @item bss section | |
| This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It | |
| is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of | |
| each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts | |
| out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero | |
| bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate | |
| those explicit zeros from object files. | |
| @cindex absolute section | |
| @item absolute section | |
| Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0. | |
| This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must | |
| not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute | |
| addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation. | |
| @cindex undefined section | |
| @item undefined section | |
| This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in | |
| the preceding sections. | |
| @c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here. | |
| @end table | |
| @cindex relocation example | |
| An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows. | |
| @ifset COFF-ELF | |
| The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}. | |
| @end ifset | |
| Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis. | |
| @c TEXI2ROFF-KILL | |
| @ifnottex | |
| @c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL | |
| @smallexample | |
| +-----+----+--+ | |
| partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00| | |
| +-----+----+--+ | |
| text data bss | |
| seg. seg. seg. | |
| +---+---+---+ | |
| partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000| | |
| +---+---+---+ | |
| +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~ | |
| linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000| | |
| +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~ | |
| addresses: 0 @dots{} | |
| @end smallexample | |
| @c TEXI2ROFF-KILL | |
| @end ifnottex | |
| @need 5000 | |
| @tex | |
| \bigskip | |
| \line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil} | |
| \line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil} | |
| \line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil} | |
| \line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil} | |
| \line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil} | |
| \line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil} | |
| \line{\it linked program: \hfil} | |
| \line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil} | |
| \line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt | |
| ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt | |
| DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil} | |
| \line{\it addresses: \hfil} | |
| \line{0\dots\hfil} | |
| @end tex | |
| @c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL | |
| @node As Sections | |
| @section Assembler Internal Sections | |
| @cindex internal assembler sections | |
| @cindex sections in messages, internal | |
| These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They | |
| have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these | |
| sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}} | |
| warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their | |
| meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the | |
| value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a | |
| section-relative address. | |
| @table @b | |
| @cindex assembler internal logic error | |
| @item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR! | |
| An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a | |
| bug in the assembler. | |
| @cindex expr (internal section) | |
| @item expr section | |
| The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of | |
| symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts | |
| it in the expr section. | |
| @c FIXME item debug | |
| @c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload | |
| @c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload | |
| @c FIXME item register | |
| @end table | |
| @node Sub-Sections | |
| @section Sub-Sections | |
| @cindex numbered subsections | |
| @cindex grouping data | |
| @ifset aout-bout | |
| Assembled bytes | |
| @ifset COFF-ELF | |
| conventionally | |
| @end ifset | |
| fall into two sections: text and data. | |
| @end ifset | |
| You may have separate groups of | |
| @ifset GENERIC | |
| data in named sections | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifclear GENERIC | |
| @ifclear aout-bout | |
| data in named sections | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset aout-bout | |
| text or data | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifclear | |
| that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they | |
| are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to | |
| use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be | |
| numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the | |
| same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same | |
| subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text | |
| section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being | |
| assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each | |
| section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of | |
| constants being output. | |
| Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything | |
| goes in subsection number zero. | |
| @ifset GENERIC | |
| Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes. | |
| (Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors | |
| of @command{@value{AS}}.) | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifclear GENERIC | |
| @ifset H8 | |
| On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word | |
| boundary (two bytes). | |
| The same is true on the Renesas SH. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset I960 | |
| @c FIXME section padding (alignment)? | |
| @c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that | |
| @c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration, | |
| @c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue, | |
| @c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be | |
| @c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such). | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifclear | |
| Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered | |
| to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.) | |
| The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and | |
| other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them. | |
| They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your | |
| data subsections as a data section. | |
| To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled | |
| into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text | |
| @var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement. | |
| @ifset COFF | |
| @ifset GENERIC | |
| When generating COFF output, you | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifclear GENERIC | |
| You | |
| @end ifclear | |
| can also use an extra subsection | |
| argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name}, | |
| @var{expression}}. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| @ifset GENERIC | |
| When generating ELF output, you | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifclear GENERIC | |
| You | |
| @end ifclear | |
| can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection}) | |
| to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @var{Expression} should be an absolute expression | |
| (@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0} | |
| is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly | |
| begins in @code{text 0}. For instance: | |
| @smallexample | |
| .text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway. | |
| .ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *" | |
| .text 1 | |
| .ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection." | |
| .data 0 | |
| .ascii "This lives in the data section," | |
| .ascii "in the first data subsection." | |
| .text 0 | |
| .ascii "This lives in the first text section," | |
| .ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)." | |
| @end smallexample | |
| Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte | |
| assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience | |
| restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location | |
| counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the | |
| @code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its | |
| current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being | |
| assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter. | |
| @node bss | |
| @section bss Section | |
| @cindex bss section | |
| @cindex common variable storage | |
| The bss section is used for local common variable storage. | |
| You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may | |
| not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When | |
| your program starts running, all the contents of the bss | |
| section are zeroed bytes. | |
| The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see | |
| @ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}. | |
| The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is | |
| another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}. | |
| @ifset GENERIC | |
| When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or | |
| COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual; | |
| see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the | |
| section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and | |
| @code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}). | |
| @end ifset | |
| @node Symbols | |
| @chapter Symbols | |
| @cindex symbols | |
| Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name | |
| things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols | |
| to debug. | |
| @quotation | |
| @cindex debuggers, and symbol order | |
| @emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in | |
| the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers. | |
| @end quotation | |
| @menu | |
| * Labels:: Labels | |
| * Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values | |
| * Symbol Names:: Symbol Names | |
| * Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol | |
| * Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes | |
| @end menu | |
| @node Labels | |
| @section Labels | |
| @cindex labels | |
| A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon | |
| @samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the | |
| active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction | |
| operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two | |
| different locations: the first definition overrides any other | |
| definitions. | |
| @ifset HPPA | |
| On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a | |
| colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on | |
| a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also | |
| provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @node Setting Symbols | |
| @section Giving Symbols Other Values | |
| @cindex assigning values to symbols | |
| @cindex symbol values, assigning | |
| A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed | |
| by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression | |
| (@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set} | |
| directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double | |
| equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the | |
| @code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}. | |
| @ifset Blackfin | |
| Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @node Symbol Names | |
| @section Symbol Names | |
| @cindex symbol names | |
| @cindex names, symbol | |
| @ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS | |
| Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most | |
| machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are | |
| noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any | |
| string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a | |
| particular target machine), and underscores. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset SPECIAL-SYMS | |
| @ifset H8 | |
| Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the | |
| Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That | |
| character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save | |
| on the H8/300), and underscores. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name | |
| than @code{Foo}. | |
| Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for | |
| Local Labels. See below. | |
| Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing | |
| multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf | |
| @xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not | |
| currently supported. | |
| Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program | |
| refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times | |
| in a program. | |
| @subheading Local Symbol Names | |
| @cindex local symbol names | |
| @cindex symbol names, local | |
| A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes. | |
| By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or | |
| @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own | |
| set of local label prefixes. | |
| @ifset HPPA | |
| On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}. | |
| @end ifset | |
| Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are | |
| normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging. | |
| You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols}) | |
| to retain the local symbols in the object files. | |
| @subheading Local Labels | |
| @cindex local labels | |
| @cindex temporary symbol names | |
| @cindex symbol names, temporary | |
| Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and | |
| programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to | |
| be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be | |
| referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of | |
| the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer). | |
| To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write | |
| @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer | |
| to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b} | |
| stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''. | |
| There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them | |
| too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using | |
| the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently | |
| defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next | |
| definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth | |
| noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are | |
| implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others. | |
| Here is an example: | |
| @smallexample | |
| 1: branch 1f | |
| 2: branch 1b | |
| 1: branch 2f | |
| 2: branch 1b | |
| @end smallexample | |
| Which is the equivalent of: | |
| @smallexample | |
| label_1: branch label_3 | |
| label_2: branch label_1 | |
| label_3: branch label_4 | |
| label_4: branch label_3 | |
| @end smallexample | |
| Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately | |
| transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them. | |
| The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and | |
| are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using | |
| these parts: | |
| @table @code | |
| @item @emph{local label prefix} | |
| All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix. | |
| Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols | |
| that start with the local label prefix. These labels are | |
| used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the | |
| @samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the | |
| object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols, | |
| you may use them in debugging. | |
| @item @var{number} | |
| This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the | |
| label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}. | |
| @item @kbd{C-B} | |
| This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol | |
| of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B). | |
| @item @emph{ordinal number} | |
| This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of | |
| @samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the | |
| number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets | |
| the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well. | |
| @end table | |
| So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and | |
| the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}. | |
| @subheading Dollar Local Labels | |
| @cindex dollar local symbols | |
| On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of | |
| local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they | |
| become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain | |
| valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels, | |
| by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined | |
| by another occurrence of the same local label. | |
| Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels, | |
| except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g., | |
| @samp{@b{55$:}}. | |
| They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed | |
| names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character | |
| to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of | |
| @samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}. | |
| @node Dot | |
| @section The Special Dot Symbol | |
| @cindex dot (symbol) | |
| @cindex @code{.} (symbol) | |
| @cindex current address | |
| @cindex location counter | |
| The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that | |
| @command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin: | |
| .long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address. | |
| Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org} | |
| directive. | |
| @ifclear no-space-dir | |
| Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying | |
| @samp{.space 4}. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @node Symbol Attributes | |
| @section Symbol Attributes | |
| @cindex symbol attributes | |
| @cindex attributes, symbol | |
| Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and | |
| ``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary | |
| attributes. | |
| @ifset INTERNALS | |
| The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}. | |
| @end ifset | |
| If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for | |
| all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the | |
| symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you | |
| would want. | |
| @menu | |
| * Symbol Value:: Value | |
| * Symbol Type:: Type | |
| @ifset aout-bout | |
| @ifset GENERIC | |
| * a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out} | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifclear GENERIC | |
| @ifclear BOUT | |
| * a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out} | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset BOUT | |
| * a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out} | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset COFF | |
| * COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset SOM | |
| * SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end menu | |
| @node Symbol Value | |
| @subsection Value | |
| @cindex value of a symbol | |
| @cindex symbol value | |
| The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a | |
| location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the | |
| number of addresses from the start of that section to the label. | |
| Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes | |
| as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute | |
| symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are | |
| called absolute. | |
| The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is | |
| 0 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and | |
| @code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the | |
| same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol | |
| name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm} | |
| common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in | |
| bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the | |
| allocated storage. | |
| @node Symbol Type | |
| @subsection Type | |
| @cindex type of a symbol | |
| @cindex symbol type | |
| The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section) | |
| information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and | |
| (optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact | |
| format depends on the object-code output format in use. | |
| @ifset aout-bout | |
| @ifclear GENERIC | |
| @ifset BOUT | |
| @c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be | |
| @c better if it were available outside examples. | |
| @need 1000 | |
| @node a.out Symbols | |
| @subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out} | |
| @cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes | |
| @cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out} | |
| These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for | |
| one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or | |
| @code{b.out}. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifclear BOUT | |
| @node a.out Symbols | |
| @subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out} | |
| @cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes | |
| @cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out} | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset GENERIC | |
| @node a.out Symbols | |
| @subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out} | |
| @cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes | |
| @cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out} | |
| @end ifset | |
| @menu | |
| * Symbol Desc:: Descriptor | |
| * Symbol Other:: Other | |
| @end menu | |
| @node Symbol Desc | |
| @subsubsection Descriptor | |
| @cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol | |
| This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's | |
| descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement | |
| (@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to | |
| @command{@value{AS}}. | |
| @node Symbol Other | |
| @subsubsection Other | |
| @cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol | |
| This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset COFF | |
| @node COFF Symbols | |
| @subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF | |
| @cindex COFF symbol attributes | |
| @cindex symbol attributes, COFF | |
| The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes; | |
| like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and | |
| @code{.endef} directives. | |
| @subsubsection Primary Attributes | |
| @cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols | |
| The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type, | |
| respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}. | |
| @subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes | |
| @cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols | |
| The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl}, | |
| @code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol | |
| table information for COFF. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset SOM | |
| @node SOM Symbols | |
| @subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM | |
| @cindex SOM symbol attributes | |
| @cindex symbol attributes, SOM | |
| The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with | |
| the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives. | |
| The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly | |
| Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and | |
| @code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @node Expressions | |
| @chapter Expressions | |
| @cindex expressions | |
| @cindex addresses | |
| @cindex numeric values | |
| An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value. | |
| Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression. | |
| The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into | |
| a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not | |
| enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its | |
| section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret | |
| the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented. | |
| @command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation. | |
| @menu | |
| * Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions | |
| * Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions | |
| @end menu | |
| @node Empty Exprs | |
| @section Empty Expressions | |
| @cindex empty expressions | |
| @cindex expressions, empty | |
| An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null. | |
| Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the | |
| expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This | |
| is compatible with other assemblers. | |
| @node Integer Exprs | |
| @section Integer Expressions | |
| @cindex integer expressions | |
| @cindex expressions, integer | |
| An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited | |
| by @emph{operators}. | |
| @menu | |
| * Arguments:: Arguments | |
| * Operators:: Operators | |
| * Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators | |
| * Infix Ops:: Infix Operators | |
| @end menu | |
| @node Arguments | |
| @subsection Arguments | |
| @cindex expression arguments | |
| @cindex arguments in expressions | |
| @cindex operands in expressions | |
| @cindex arithmetic operands | |
| @dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other | |
| contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In | |
| this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of | |
| the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of | |
| expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine | |
| instruction operands. | |
| Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where | |
| @var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute, | |
| or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit | |
| integer. | |
| Numbers are usually integers. | |
| A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned | |
| that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends | |
| these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating | |
| instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other | |
| assemblers. | |
| @cindex subexpressions | |
| Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer | |
| expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix | |
| operator followed by an argument. | |
| @node Operators | |
| @subsection Operators | |
| @cindex operators, in expressions | |
| @cindex arithmetic functions | |
| @cindex functions, in expressions | |
| @dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix | |
| operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear | |
| between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by | |
| whitespace. | |
| @node Prefix Ops | |
| @subsection Prefix Operator | |
| @cindex prefix operators | |
| @command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take | |
| one argument, which must be absolute. | |
| @c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make | |
| @c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next | |
| @c section (which is inside an enumerate). | |
| @tex | |
| \global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent | |
| @end tex | |
| @table @code | |
| @item - | |
| @dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation. | |
| @item ~ | |
| @dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not. | |
| @end table | |
| @tex | |
| \global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent | |
| @end tex | |
| @node Infix Ops | |
| @subsection Infix Operators | |
| @cindex infix operators | |
| @cindex operators, permitted arguments | |
| @dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators | |
| have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left | |
| to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be | |
| absolute, and the result is absolute. | |
| @enumerate | |
| @cindex operator precedence | |
| @cindex precedence of operators | |
| @item | |
| Highest Precedence | |
| @table @code | |
| @item * | |
| @dfn{Multiplication}. | |
| @item / | |
| @dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/} | |
| @item % | |
| @dfn{Remainder}. | |
| @item << | |
| @dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}. | |
| @item >> | |
| @dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}. | |
| @end table | |
| @item | |
| Intermediate precedence | |
| @table @code | |
| @item | | |
| @dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}. | |
| @item & | |
| @dfn{Bitwise And}. | |
| @item ^ | |
| @dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}. | |
| @item ! | |
| @dfn{Bitwise Or Not}. | |
| @end table | |
| @item | |
| Low Precedence | |
| @table @code | |
| @cindex addition, permitted arguments | |
| @cindex plus, permitted arguments | |
| @cindex arguments for addition | |
| @item + | |
| @dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of | |
| the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different | |
| sections. | |
| @cindex subtraction, permitted arguments | |
| @cindex minus, permitted arguments | |
| @cindex arguments for subtraction | |
| @item - | |
| @dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the | |
| result has the section of the left argument. | |
| If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute. | |
| You may not subtract arguments from different sections. | |
| @c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ? | |
| @cindex comparison expressions | |
| @cindex expressions, comparison | |
| @item == | |
| @dfn{Is Equal To} | |
| @item <> | |
| @itemx != | |
| @dfn{Is Not Equal To} | |
| @item < | |
| @dfn{Is Less Than} | |
| @item > | |
| @dfn{Is Greater Than} | |
| @item >= | |
| @dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To} | |
| @item <= | |
| @dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To} | |
| The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a | |
| value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators | |
| perform signed comparisons. | |
| @end table | |
| @item Lowest Precedence | |
| @table @code | |
| @item && | |
| @dfn{Logical And}. | |
| @item || | |
| @dfn{Logical Or}. | |
| These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub | |
| expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a | |
| value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical | |
| or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and. | |
| @end table | |
| @end enumerate | |
| In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an | |
| address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments. | |
| @node Pseudo Ops | |
| @chapter Assembler Directives | |
| @cindex directives, machine independent | |
| @cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent | |
| @cindex machine independent directives | |
| All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}). | |
| The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written | |
| in lower case. | |
| This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the | |
| target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler. | |
| @ifset GENERIC | |
| Some machine configurations provide additional directives. | |
| @xref{Machine Dependencies}. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifclear GENERIC | |
| @ifset machine-directives | |
| @xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @menu | |
| * Abort:: @code{.abort} | |
| @ifset COFF | |
| * ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT} | |
| @end ifset | |
| * Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}} | |
| * Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro} | |
| * Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{} | |
| * Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{} | |
| * Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}} | |
| * Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc | |
| * Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}} | |
| * CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc. | |
| * Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} } | |
| * Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}} | |
| @ifset COFF | |
| * Def:: @code{.def @var{name}} | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset aout-bout | |
| * Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}} | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset COFF | |
| * Dim:: @code{.dim} | |
| @end ifset | |
| * Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}} | |
| * Eject:: @code{.eject} | |
| * Else:: @code{.else} | |
| * Elseif:: @code{.elseif} | |
| * End:: @code{.end} | |
| @ifset COFF | |
| * Endef:: @code{.endef} | |
| @end ifset | |
| * Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc} | |
| * Endif:: @code{.endif} | |
| * Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}} | |
| * Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}} | |
| * Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}} | |
| * Err:: @code{.err} | |
| * Error:: @code{.error @var{string}} | |
| * Exitm:: @code{.exitm} | |
| * Extern:: @code{.extern} | |
| * Fail:: @code{.fail} | |
| * File:: @code{.file} | |
| * Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}} | |
| * Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}} | |
| * Func:: @code{.func} | |
| * Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}} | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| * Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}} | |
| * Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}} | |
| @end ifset | |
| * hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}} | |
| * Ident:: @code{.ident} | |
| * If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}} | |
| * Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]} | |
| * Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"} | |
| * Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}} | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| * Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}} | |
| @end ifset | |
| * Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{} | |
| * Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{} | |
| * Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}} | |
| * Lflags:: @code{.lflags} | |
| @ifclear no-line-dir | |
| * Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}} | |
| @end ifclear | |
| * Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]} | |
| * List:: @code{.list} | |
| * Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}} | |
| * Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}} | |
| * Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}} | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| * Local:: @code{.local @var{names}} | |
| @end ifset | |
| * Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}} | |
| @ignore | |
| * Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}} | |
| @end ignore | |
| * Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{} | |
| * MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}} | |
| * Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro} | |
| * Nolist:: @code{.nolist} | |
| * Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}} | |
| * Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}} | |
| * Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}} | |
| * P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}} | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| * PopSection:: @code{.popsection} | |
| * Previous:: @code{.previous} | |
| @end ifset | |
| * Print:: @code{.print @var{string}} | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| * Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}} | |
| @end ifset | |
| * Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}} | |
| * Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}} | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| * PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}} | |
| @end ifset | |
| * Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}} | |
| * Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]} | |
| * Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}} | |
| * Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"} | |
| @ifset COFF | |
| * Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}} | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset COFF-ELF | |
| * Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]} | |
| @end ifset | |
| * Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}} | |
| * Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}} | |
| * Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}} | |
| @ifset COFF-ELF | |
| * Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]} | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifclear no-space-dir | |
| * Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}} | |
| @end ifclear | |
| * Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}} | |
| @ifclear no-space-dir | |
| * Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}} | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset have-stabs | |
| * Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs} | |
| @end ifset | |
| * String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"} | |
| * Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}} | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| * SubSection:: @code{.subsection} | |
| * Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}} | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset COFF | |
| * Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}} | |
| @end ifset | |
| * Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}} | |
| * Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"} | |
| @ifset COFF-ELF | |
| * Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>} | |
| @end ifset | |
| * Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}} | |
| @ifset COFF | |
| * Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}} | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| * Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"} | |
| * VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}} | |
| * VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}} | |
| @end ifset | |
| * Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}} | |
| * Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}} | |
| * Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}} | |
| * Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}} | |
| @ifclear no-space-dir | |
| * Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}} | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| * 2byte:: @code{.2byte @var{expressions}} | |
| * 4byte:: @code{.4byte @var{expressions}} | |
| * 8byte:: @code{.8byte @var{bignums}} | |
| @end ifset | |
| * Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives | |
| @end menu | |
| @node Abort | |
| @section @code{.abort} | |
| @cindex @code{abort} directive | |
| @cindex stopping the assembly | |
| This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for | |
| compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the | |
| assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender | |
| of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to | |
| quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported. | |
| @ifset COFF | |
| @node ABORT (COFF) | |
| @section @code{.ABORT} (COFF) | |
| @cindex @code{ABORT} directive | |
| When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a | |
| synonym for @samp{.abort}. | |
| @ifset BOUT | |
| When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, | |
| but ignores it. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| @node Align | |
| @section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}} | |
| @cindex padding the location counter | |
| @cindex @code{align} directive | |
| Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage | |
| boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment | |
| required, as described below. | |
| The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the | |
| padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the | |
| padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is | |
| marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled | |
| with no-op instructions. | |
| The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present, | |
| it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment | |
| directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the | |
| specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the | |
| fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the | |
| required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled | |
| with no-op instructions when appropriate. | |
| The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system. | |
| For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or1k, | |
| s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the | |
| alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances | |
| the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter | |
| is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the | |
| first expression is the alignment request in words. | |
| For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and | |
| strongarm, it is the | |
| number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after | |
| advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location | |
| counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a | |
| multiple of 8, no change is needed. | |
| This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various | |
| native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate. | |
| GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives, | |
| described later, which have a consistent behavior across all | |
| architectures (but are specific to GAS). | |
| @node Altmacro | |
| @section @code{.altmacro} | |
| Enable alternate macro mode, enabling: | |
| @ftable @code | |
| @item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ] | |
| One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to | |
| generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and | |
| replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The | |
| replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each | |
| separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that | |
| define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions. | |
| @item String delimiters | |
| You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides | |
| @code{"@var{string}"}: | |
| @table @code | |
| @item '@var{string}' | |
| You can delimit strings with single-quote characters. | |
| @item <@var{string}> | |
| You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets. | |
| @end table | |
| @item single-character string escape | |
| To include any single character literally in a string (even if the | |
| character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the | |
| character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can | |
| write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}. | |
| @item Expression results as strings | |
| You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr} | |
| and use the result as a string. | |
| @end ftable | |
| @node Ascii | |
| @section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{} | |
| @cindex @code{ascii} directive | |
| @cindex string literals | |
| @code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings}) | |
| separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic | |
| trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses. | |
| @node Asciz | |
| @section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{} | |
| @cindex @code{asciz} directive | |
| @cindex zero-terminated strings | |
| @cindex null-terminated strings | |
| @code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by | |
| a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''. | |
| @node Balign | |
| @section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}} | |
| @cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes | |
| @cindex @code{balign} directive | |
| Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular | |
| storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the | |
| alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances | |
| the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter | |
| is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. | |
| The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the | |
| padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the | |
| padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is | |
| marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled | |
| with no-op instructions. | |
| The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present, | |
| it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment | |
| directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the | |
| specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the | |
| fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the | |
| required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled | |
| with no-op instructions when appropriate. | |
| @cindex @code{balignw} directive | |
| @cindex @code{balignl} directive | |
| The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the | |
| @code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill | |
| pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the | |
| fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw | |
| 4,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be | |
| filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon | |
| the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is | |
| undefined. | |
| @node Bundle directives | |
| @section Bundle directives | |
| @subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}} | |
| @cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive | |
| @cindex bundle | |
| @cindex instruction bundle | |
| @cindex aligned instruction bundle | |
| @code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction | |
| bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped | |
| into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is | |
| disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it | |
| gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the | |
| @code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}). | |
| For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a | |
| certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of | |
| instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if | |
| @var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned | |
| chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in | |
| effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an | |
| instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of | |
| that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the | |
| end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction | |
| starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single | |
| instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size. | |
| @subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} | |
| @cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive | |
| @cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive | |
| The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives | |
| allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives | |
| are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable | |
| aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when | |
| @code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last | |
| directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}. | |
| @cindex bundle-locked | |
| For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may | |
| appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple | |
| instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock} | |
| and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked} | |
| instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a | |
| sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with | |
| @code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the | |
| entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle | |
| boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the | |
| first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an | |
| aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the | |
| bundle size. | |
| For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} | |
| inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be | |
| nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next | |
| @code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be | |
| matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the | |
| same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives. | |
| @node Byte | |
| @section @code{.byte @var{expressions}} | |
| @cindex @code{byte} directive | |
| @cindex integers, one byte | |
| @code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas. | |
| Each expression is assembled into the next byte. | |
| @node CFI directives | |
| @section CFI directives | |
| @subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}} | |
| @cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive | |
| @code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives | |
| should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section. | |
| If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted, | |
| if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted. | |
| To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this | |
| directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}. | |
| On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated | |
| by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}. | |
| Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx} | |
| which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target. | |
| The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different | |
| arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI | |
| generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to | |
| redefine it will result in an error. | |
| @subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]} | |
| @cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive | |
| @code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that | |
| should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal | |
| data structures. Don't forget to close the function by | |
| @code{.cfi_endproc}. | |
| Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple} | |
| it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions. | |
| @subsection @code{.cfi_endproc} | |
| @cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive | |
| @code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its | |
| unwind entry previously opened by | |
| @code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}. | |
| @subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]} | |
| @cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive | |
| @code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding. | |
| @var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality | |
| should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second | |
| argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be | |
| a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings, | |
| the symbol provided should be the location where personality | |
| can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself. | |
| The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff}, | |
| no personality routine. | |
| @subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}} | |
| @cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive | |
| @code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as | |
| defined in a compact unwinding format. | |
| Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e. | |
| with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}. | |
| @subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]} | |
| @cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive | |
| @code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be | |
| used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the | |
| @code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or | |
| in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise. | |
| Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e. | |
| with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}. | |
| @subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]} | |
| @code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding. | |
| @var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA | |
| should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second | |
| argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant | |
| or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff}, | |
| meaning that no LSDA is present. | |
| @subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}] | |
| @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and | |
| switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section. | |
| Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive. | |
| Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e. | |
| with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}. | |
| The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point, | |
| so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol | |
| referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined | |
| in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated | |
| by a section directive. | |
| The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required. | |
| The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the | |
| @code{.p2align} directive. | |
| @subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}} | |
| @code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take | |
| address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}. | |
| @subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}} | |
| @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From | |
| now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset | |
| remains the same. | |
| @subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}} | |
| @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register | |
| remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the | |
| absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute | |
| CFA address. | |
| @subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}} | |
| Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative | |
| value that is added/subtracted from the previous offset. | |
| @subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}} | |
| Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from | |
| CFA. | |
| @subsection @code{.cfi_val_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}} | |
| Previous value of @var{register} is CFA + @var{offset}. | |
| @subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}} | |
| Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from | |
| the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset} | |
| using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA. | |
| This is often easier to use, because the number will match the | |
| code it's annotating. | |
| @subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}} | |
| Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}. | |
| @subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}} | |
| @code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the | |
| same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial | |
| instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed. | |
| @subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}} | |
| From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore. | |
| @subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}} | |
| Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame, | |
| i.e. no restoration needed. | |
| @subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state} and @code{.cfi_restore_state} | |
| @code{.cfi_remember_state} pushes the set of rules for every register onto an | |
| implicit stack, while @code{.cfi_restore_state} pops them off the stack and | |
| places them in the current row. This is useful for situations where you have | |
| multiple @code{.cfi_*} directives that need to be undone due to the control | |
| flow of the program. For example, we could have something like this (assuming | |
| the CFA is the value of @code{rbp}): | |
| @smallexample | |
| je label | |
| popq %rbx | |
| .cfi_restore %rbx | |
| popq %r12 | |
| .cfi_restore %r12 | |
| popq %rbp | |
| .cfi_restore %rbp | |
| .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8 | |
| ret | |
| label: | |
| /* Do something else */ | |
| @end smallexample | |
| Here, we want the @code{.cfi} directives to affect only the rows corresponding | |
| to the instructions before @code{label}. This means we'd have to add multiple | |
| @code{.cfi} directives after @code{label} to recreate the original save | |
| locations of the registers, as well as setting the CFA back to the value of | |
| @code{rbp}. This would be clumsy, and result in a larger binary size. Instead, | |
| we can write: | |
| @smallexample | |
| je label | |
| popq %rbx | |
| .cfi_remember_state | |
| .cfi_restore %rbx | |
| popq %r12 | |
| .cfi_restore %r12 | |
| popq %rbp | |
| .cfi_restore %rbp | |
| .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8 | |
| ret | |
| label: | |
| .cfi_restore_state | |
| /* Do something else */ | |
| @end smallexample | |
| That way, the rules for the instructions after @code{label} will be the same | |
| as before the first @code{.cfi_restore} without having to use multiple | |
| @code{.cfi} directives. | |
| @subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}} | |
| Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either | |
| directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}. | |
| @subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame} | |
| Mark current function as signal trampoline. | |
| @subsection @code{.cfi_window_save} | |
| SPARC register window has been saved. | |
| @subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}] | |
| Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One | |
| might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI | |
| opcodes that GAS does not yet support. | |
| @subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}} | |
| The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label} | |
| will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the | |
| description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding. | |
| The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably | |
| limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to | |
| mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached | |
| by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory | |
| or another register. | |
| @node Comm | |
| @section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} } | |
| @cindex @code{comm} directive | |
| @cindex symbol, common | |
| @code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a | |
| common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol | |
| of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a | |
| definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will | |
| allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an | |
| absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with | |
| the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space | |
| using the largest size. | |
| @ifset COFF-ELF | |
| When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes | |
| an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol, | |
| specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means | |
| that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE | |
| as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte | |
| boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a | |
| power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the | |
| common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no | |
| alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the | |
| largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a | |
| maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This | |
| is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s | |
| @samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to | |
| multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables. | |
| It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object | |
| (@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset HPPA | |
| The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is | |
| @samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @node Data | |
| @section @code{.data @var{subsection}} | |
| @cindex @code{data} directive | |
| @code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the | |
| end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an | |
| absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults | |
| to zero. | |
| @ifset COFF | |
| @node Def | |
| @section @code{.def @var{name}} | |
| @cindex @code{def} directive | |
| @cindex COFF symbols, debugging | |
| @cindex debugging COFF symbols | |
| Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the | |
| definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered. | |
| @ifset BOUT | |
| This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF | |
| format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized, | |
| but ignored. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset aout-bout | |
| @node Desc | |
| @section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}} | |
| @cindex @code{desc} directive | |
| @cindex COFF symbol descriptor | |
| @cindex symbol descriptor, COFF | |
| This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}) | |
| to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression. | |
| @ifset COFF | |
| The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is | |
| configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out} | |
| object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts | |
| it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset COFF | |
| @node Dim | |
| @section @code{.dim} | |
| @cindex @code{dim} directive | |
| @cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information | |
| @cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF | |
| This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging | |
| information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside | |
| @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. | |
| @ifset BOUT | |
| @samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when | |
| @command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but | |
| ignores it. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| @node Double | |
| @section @code{.double @var{flonums}} | |
| @cindex @code{double} directive | |
| @cindex floating point numbers (double) | |
| @code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It | |
| assembles floating point numbers. | |
| @ifset GENERIC | |
| The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how | |
| @command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifclear GENERIC | |
| @ifset IEEEFLOAT | |
| On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers | |
| in @sc{ieee} format. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @node Eject | |
| @section @code{.eject} | |
| @cindex @code{eject} directive | |
| @cindex new page, in listings | |
| @cindex page, in listings | |
| @cindex listing control: new page | |
| Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings. | |
| @node Else | |
| @section @code{.else} | |
| @cindex @code{else} directive | |
| @code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional | |
| assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section | |
| of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if} | |
| was false. | |
| @node Elseif | |
| @section @code{.elseif} | |
| @cindex @code{elseif} directive | |
| @code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional | |
| assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new | |
| @code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section. | |
| @node End | |
| @section @code{.end} | |
| @cindex @code{end} directive | |
| @code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not | |
| process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive. | |
| @ifset COFF | |
| @node Endef | |
| @section @code{.endef} | |
| @cindex @code{endef} directive | |
| This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with | |
| @code{.def}. | |
| @ifset BOUT | |
| @samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if | |
| @command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this | |
| directive but ignores it. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| @node Endfunc | |
| @section @code{.endfunc} | |
| @cindex @code{endfunc} directive | |
| @code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}. | |
| @node Endif | |
| @section @code{.endif} | |
| @cindex @code{endif} directive | |
| @code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly; | |
| it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled | |
| conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}. | |
| @node Equ | |
| @section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}} | |
| @cindex @code{equ} directive | |
| @cindex assigning values to symbols | |
| @cindex symbols, assigning values to | |
| This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. | |
| It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}. | |
| @ifset HPPA | |
| The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is | |
| @samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset Z80 | |
| The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is | |
| @samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}. | |
| On the Z80 it is an error if @var{symbol} is already defined, | |
| but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition. | |
| Compare @ref{Equiv}. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @node Equiv | |
| @section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}} | |
| @cindex @code{equiv} directive | |
| The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that | |
| the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a | |
| symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be | |
| undefined. | |
| Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to | |
| @smallexample | |
| .ifdef SYM | |
| .err | |
| .endif | |
| .equ SYM,VAL | |
| @end smallexample | |
| plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition. | |
| @node Eqv | |
| @section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}} | |
| @cindex @code{eqv} directive | |
| The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to | |
| evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time | |
| the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current | |
| value is taken. | |
| @node Err | |
| @section @code{.err} | |
| @cindex @code{err} directive | |
| If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error | |
| message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an | |
| object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code. | |
| @node Error | |
| @section @code{.error "@var{string}"} | |
| @cindex error directive | |
| Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a | |
| string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the | |
| message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}. | |
| @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}. | |
| @smallexample | |
| .error "This code has not been assembled and tested." | |
| @end smallexample | |
| @node Exitm | |
| @section @code{.exitm} | |
| Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}. | |
| @node Extern | |
| @section @code{.extern} | |
| @cindex @code{extern} directive | |
| @code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility | |
| with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats | |
| all undefined symbols as external. | |
| @node Fail | |
| @section @code{.fail @var{expression}} | |
| @cindex @code{fail} directive | |
| Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500 | |
| or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less | |
| than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will | |
| include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside | |
| complex nested macros or conditional assembly. | |
| @node File | |
| @section @code{.file} | |
| @cindex @code{file} directive | |
| @ifclear no-file-dir | |
| There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets | |
| that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of | |
| @code{.file}. Other targets use the default version. | |
| @subheading Default Version | |
| @cindex logical file name | |
| @cindex file name, logical | |
| This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we | |
| are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is: | |
| @smallexample | |
| .file @var{string} | |
| @end smallexample | |
| @var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is | |
| recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish | |
| to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This | |
| statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with | |
| old @command{@value{AS}} programs. | |
| @subheading DWARF2 Version | |
| @end ifclear | |
| When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames | |
| to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is: | |
| @smallexample | |
| .file @var{fileno} @var{filename} | |
| @end smallexample | |
| The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the | |
| index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string | |
| literal. | |
| The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename | |
| table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging | |
| information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table | |
| entries will have. | |
| @node Fill | |
| @section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}} | |
| @cindex @code{fill} directive | |
| @cindex writing patterns in memory | |
| @cindex patterns, writing in memory | |
| @var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions. | |
| This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat} | |
| may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is | |
| more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with | |
| other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes | |
| is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are | |
| zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the | |
| byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for. | |
| Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order | |
| @var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is | |
| compatible with other people's assemblers. | |
| @var{size} and @var{value} are optional. | |
| If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is | |
| assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent, | |
| @var{size} is assumed to be 1. | |
| @node Float | |
| @section @code{.float @var{flonums}} | |
| @cindex floating point numbers (single) | |
| @cindex @code{float} directive | |
| This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It | |
| has the same effect as @code{.single}. | |
| @ifset GENERIC | |
| The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how | |
| @command{@value{AS}} is configured. | |
| @xref{Machine Dependencies}. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifclear GENERIC | |
| @ifset IEEEFLOAT | |
| On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers | |
| in @sc{ieee} format. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @node Func | |
| @section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]} | |
| @cindex @code{func} directive | |
| @code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and | |
| is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled. | |
| Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported. | |
| @var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name} | |
| prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used. | |
| @samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target. | |
| All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type. | |
| The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}. | |
| @node Global | |
| @section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}} | |
| @cindex @code{global} directive | |
| @cindex symbol, making visible to linker | |
| @code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define | |
| @var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to | |
| other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise, | |
| @var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name | |
| from another file linked into the same program. | |
| Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for | |
| compatibility with other assemblers. | |
| @ifset HPPA | |
| On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other | |
| partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well. | |
| @xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| @node Gnu_attribute | |
| @section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}} | |
| Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}. | |
| @node Hidden | |
| @section @code{.hidden @var{names}} | |
| @cindex @code{hidden} directive | |
| @cindex visibility | |
| This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are | |
| @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and | |
| @code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}). | |
| This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by | |
| their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to | |
| @code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components. | |
| Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @node hword | |
| @section @code{.hword @var{expressions}} | |
| @cindex @code{hword} directive | |
| @cindex integers, 16-bit | |
| @cindex numbers, 16-bit | |
| @cindex sixteen bit integers | |
| This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits | |
| a 16 bit number for each. | |
| @ifset GENERIC | |
| This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target | |
| architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifclear GENERIC | |
| @ifset W32 | |
| This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset W16 | |
| This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @node Ident | |
| @section @code{.ident} | |
| @cindex @code{ident} directive | |
| This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The | |
| behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the | |
| a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for | |
| source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything | |
| for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or | |
| @code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are | |
| emitted to the @code{.comment} section. | |
| @node If | |
| @section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}} | |
| @cindex conditional assembly | |
| @cindex @code{if} directive | |
| @code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only | |
| considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument | |
| (which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of | |
| the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif} | |
| (@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the | |
| alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}). | |
| If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid | |
| nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block. | |
| The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported: | |
| @table @code | |
| @cindex @code{ifdef} directive | |
| @item .ifdef @var{symbol} | |
| Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol} | |
| has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined | |
| is considered to be undefined. | |
| @cindex @code{ifb} directive | |
| @item .ifb @var{text} | |
| Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty). | |
| @cindex @code{ifc} directive | |
| @item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2} | |
| Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The | |
| strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted, | |
| the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the | |
| end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The | |
| string comparison is case sensitive. | |
| @cindex @code{ifeq} directive | |
| @item .ifeq @var{absolute expression} | |
| Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero. | |
| @cindex @code{ifeqs} directive | |
| @item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2} | |
| Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes. | |
| @cindex @code{ifge} directive | |
| @item .ifge @var{absolute expression} | |
| Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or | |
| equal to zero. | |
| @cindex @code{ifgt} directive | |
| @item .ifgt @var{absolute expression} | |
| Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero. | |
| @cindex @code{ifle} directive | |
| @item .ifle @var{absolute expression} | |
| Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal | |
| to zero. | |
| @cindex @code{iflt} directive | |
| @item .iflt @var{absolute expression} | |
| Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero. | |
| @cindex @code{ifnb} directive | |
| @item .ifnb @var{text} | |
| Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the | |
| following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty). | |
| @cindex @code{ifnc} directive | |
| @item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}. | |
| Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the | |
| following section of code if the two strings are not the same. | |
| @cindex @code{ifndef} directive | |
| @cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive | |
| @item .ifndef @var{symbol} | |
| @itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol} | |
| Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol} | |
| has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol | |
| which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined. | |
| @cindex @code{ifne} directive | |
| @item .ifne @var{absolute expression} | |
| Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero | |
| (in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}). | |
| @cindex @code{ifnes} directive | |
| @item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2} | |
| Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the | |
| following section of code if the two strings are not the same. | |
| @end table | |
| @node Incbin | |
| @section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]} | |
| @cindex @code{incbin} directive | |
| @cindex binary files, including | |
| The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current | |
| location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line | |
| option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required | |
| around @var{file}. | |
| The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the | |
| @var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to | |
| read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's | |
| responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and | |
| after the @code{incbin} directive. | |
| @node Include | |
| @section @code{.include "@var{file}"} | |
| @cindex @code{include} directive | |
| @cindex supporting files, including | |
| @cindex files, including | |
| This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified | |
| points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as | |
| if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the | |
| included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You | |
| can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option | |
| (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required | |
| around @var{file}. | |
| @node Int | |
| @section @code{.int @var{expressions}} | |
| @cindex @code{int} directive | |
| @cindex integers, 32-bit | |
| Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas. | |
| For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that | |
| expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind | |
| of target the assembly is for. | |
| @ifclear GENERIC | |
| @ifset H8 | |
| On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit | |
| integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits | |
| 32-bit integers. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| @node Internal | |
| @section @code{.internal @var{names}} | |
| @cindex @code{internal} directive | |
| @cindex visibility | |
| This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are | |
| @code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and | |
| @code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}). | |
| This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by | |
| their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to | |
| @code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden} | |
| (i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific | |
| processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @node Irp | |
| @section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{} | |
| @cindex @code{irp} directive | |
| Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}. | |
| The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is | |
| terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is | |
| set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no | |
| @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with | |
| @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the | |
| sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}. | |
| For example, assembling | |
| @example | |
| .irp param,1,2,3 | |
| move d\param,sp@@- | |
| .endr | |
| @end example | |
| is equivalent to assembling | |
| @example | |
| move d1,sp@@- | |
| move d2,sp@@- | |
| move d3,sp@@- | |
| @end example | |
| For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}. | |
| @node Irpc | |
| @section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{} | |
| @cindex @code{irpc} directive | |
| Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}. | |
| The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is | |
| terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value}, | |
| @var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is | |
| assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is | |
| assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to | |
| @var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}. | |
| For example, assembling | |
| @example | |
| .irpc param,123 | |
| move d\param,sp@@- | |
| .endr | |
| @end example | |
| is equivalent to assembling | |
| @example | |
| move d1,sp@@- | |
| move d2,sp@@- | |
| move d3,sp@@- | |
| @end example | |
| For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion | |
| at @xref{Macro}. | |
| @node Lcomm | |
| @section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}} | |
| @cindex @code{lcomm} directive | |
| @cindex local common symbols | |
| @cindex symbols, local common | |
| Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common | |
| denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are | |
| those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss | |
| section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol} | |
| is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally | |
| not visible to @code{@value{LD}}. | |
| @ifset GENERIC | |
| Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This | |
| argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset HPPA | |
| The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is | |
| @samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @node Lflags | |
| @section @code{.lflags} | |
| @cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored) | |
| @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other | |
| assemblers, but ignores it. | |
| @ifclear no-line-dir | |
| @node Line | |
| @section @code{.line @var{line-number}} | |
| @cindex @code{line} directive | |
| @cindex logical line number | |
| @ifset aout-bout | |
| Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute | |
| expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other | |
| statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are | |
| reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day | |
| @command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only | |
| for compatibility with existing assembler programs. | |
| @end ifset | |
| Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or | |
| @code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it | |
| when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it | |
| were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a | |
| @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. | |
| Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives | |
| used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for | |
| debugging. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @node Linkonce | |
| @section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]} | |
| @cindex COMDAT | |
| @cindex @code{linkonce} directive | |
| @cindex common sections | |
| Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it. | |
| This may be used to include the same section in several different object files, | |
| but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file. | |
| The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section. | |
| Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be | |
| unique. | |
| This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this | |
| writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable | |
| Executable format used on Windows NT. | |
| The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the | |
| following strings. For example: | |
| @smallexample | |
| .linkonce same_size | |
| @end smallexample | |
| Not all types may be supported on all object file formats. | |
| @table @code | |
| @item discard | |
| Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default. | |
| @item one_only | |
| Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy. | |
| @item same_size | |
| Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes. | |
| @item same_contents | |
| Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents. | |
| @end table | |
| @node List | |
| @section @code{.list} | |
| @cindex @code{list} directive | |
| @cindex listing control, turning on | |
| Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or | |
| not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an | |
| internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the | |
| counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are | |
| generated whenever the counter is greater than zero. | |
| By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the | |
| @samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}), | |
| the initial value of the listing counter is one. | |
| @node Ln | |
| @section @code{.ln @var{line-number}} | |
| @cindex @code{ln} directive | |
| @ifclear no-line-dir | |
| @samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset no-line-dir | |
| Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number} | |
| must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical | |
| line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a | |
| statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical | |
| line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. | |
| @ifset BOUT | |
| This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is | |
| configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF | |
| output format. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| @node Loc | |
| @section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]} | |
| @cindex @code{loc} directive | |
| When emitting DWARF2 line number information, | |
| the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line | |
| number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly | |
| instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column} | |
| arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before | |
| the row is added. | |
| The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order: | |
| @table @code | |
| @item basic_block | |
| This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the | |
| @code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}. | |
| @item prologue_end | |
| This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the | |
| @code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}. | |
| @item epilogue_begin | |
| This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the | |
| @code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}. | |
| @item is_stmt @var{value} | |
| This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the | |
| @code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be | |
| either 0 or 1. | |
| @item isa @var{value} | |
| This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line} | |
| state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer. | |
| @item discriminator @var{value} | |
| This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line} | |
| state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer. | |
| @item view @var{value} | |
| This option causes a row to be added to @code{.debug_line} in reference to the | |
| current address (which might not be the same as that of the following assembly | |
| instruction), and to associate @var{value} with the @code{view} register in the | |
| @code{.debug_line} state machine. If @var{value} is a label, both the | |
| @code{view} register and the label are set to the number of prior @code{.loc} | |
| directives at the same program location. If @var{value} is the literal | |
| @code{0}, the @code{view} register is set to zero, and the assembler asserts | |
| that there aren't any prior @code{.loc} directives at the same program | |
| location. If @var{value} is the literal @code{-0}, the assembler arrange for | |
| the @code{view} register to be reset in this row, even if there are prior | |
| @code{.loc} directives at the same program location. | |
| @end table | |
| @node Loc_mark_labels | |
| @section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}} | |
| @cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive | |
| When emitting DWARF2 line number information, | |
| the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry | |
| to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block} | |
| register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen. | |
| The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable | |
| this function respectively. | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| @node Local | |
| @section @code{.local @var{names}} | |
| @cindex @code{local} directive | |
| This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in | |
| the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it | |
| will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist, | |
| they will be created. | |
| For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not | |
| accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets, | |
| the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm} | |
| (@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @node Long | |
| @section @code{.long @var{expressions}} | |
| @cindex @code{long} directive | |
| @code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}. | |
| @ignore | |
| @c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is | |
| @c what it really ought to do | |
| @node Lsym | |
| @section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}} | |
| @cindex @code{lsym} directive | |
| @cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly | |
| @code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in | |
| the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the | |
| rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be | |
| the same as the expression value: | |
| @smallexample | |
| @var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0 | |
| @var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})} | |
| @var{value} = @var{expression} | |
| @end smallexample | |
| @noindent | |
| The new symbol is not flagged as external. | |
| @end ignore | |
| @node Macro | |
| @section @code{.macro} | |
| @cindex macros | |
| The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that | |
| generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro | |
| @code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory: | |
| @example | |
| .macro sum from=0, to=5 | |
| .long \from | |
| .if \to-\from | |
| sum "(\from+1)",\to | |
| .endif | |
| .endm | |
| @end example | |
| @noindent | |
| With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input: | |
| @example | |
| .long 0 | |
| .long 1 | |
| .long 2 | |
| .long 3 | |
| .long 4 | |
| .long 5 | |
| @end example | |
| @ftable @code | |
| @item .macro @var{macname} | |
| @itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{} | |
| @cindex @code{macro} directive | |
| Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro | |
| definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name, | |
| separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to | |
| indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through | |
| @samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments | |
| (through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any | |
| macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You | |
| cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been | |
| subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two | |
| definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements: | |
| @table @code | |
| @item .macro comm | |
| Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no | |
| arguments. | |
| @item .macro plus1 p, p1 | |
| @itemx .macro plus1 p p1 | |
| Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1}, | |
| which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write | |
| @samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments. | |
| @item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2 | |
| Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two | |
| arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second. | |
| After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as | |
| @samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to | |
| @var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str | |
| ,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case | |
| @samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}). | |
| @item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg | |
| Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three | |
| arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but | |
| not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal | |
| will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time. | |
| When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by | |
| position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to | |
| @samp{sum to=17, from=9}. | |
| @end table | |
| Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly | |
| as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be | |
| occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain | |
| characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon | |
| (@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the | |
| architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final | |
| character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter | |
| replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole | |
| construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this | |
| identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example | |
| this macro definition: | |
| @example | |
| .macro label l | |
| \l: | |
| .endm | |
| @end example | |
| might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label | |
| called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the | |
| assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised | |
| identifier. | |
| Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.}) | |
| which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So | |
| for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a | |
| length specifier like this: | |
| @example | |
| .macro opcode base length | |
| \base.\length | |
| .endm | |
| @end example | |
| and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l} | |
| instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to | |
| interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}. | |
| There are several possible ways around this problem: | |
| @table @code | |
| @item Insert white space | |
| If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest | |
| solution. eg: | |
| @example | |
| .macro label l | |
| \l : | |
| .endm | |
| @end example | |
| @item Use @samp{\()} | |
| The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from | |
| the following text. eg: | |
| @example | |
| .macro opcode base length | |
| \base\().\length | |
| .endm | |
| @end example | |
| @item Use the alternate macro syntax mode | |
| In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be | |
| used as a separator. eg: | |
| @example | |
| .altmacro | |
| .macro label l | |
| l&: | |
| .endm | |
| @end example | |
| @end table | |
| Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops | |
| also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp}) | |
| and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well. | |
| @item .endm | |
| @cindex @code{endm} directive | |
| Mark the end of a macro definition. | |
| @item .exitm | |
| @cindex @code{exitm} directive | |
| Exit early from the current macro definition. | |
| @cindex number of macros executed | |
| @cindex macros, count executed | |
| @item \@@ | |
| @command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has | |
| executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your | |
| output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}. | |
| @item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ] | |
| @emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate | |
| macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.} | |
| @xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}. | |
| @end ftable | |
| @node MRI | |
| @section @code{.mri @var{val}} | |
| @cindex @code{mri} directive | |
| @cindex MRI mode, temporarily | |
| If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If | |
| @var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change | |
| affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end | |
| of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}. | |
| @node Noaltmacro | |
| @section @code{.noaltmacro} | |
| Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}. | |
| @node Nolist | |
| @section @code{.nolist} | |
| @cindex @code{nolist} directive | |
| @cindex listing control, turning off | |
| Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or | |
| not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an | |
| internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the | |
| counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are | |
| generated whenever the counter is greater than zero. | |
| @node Octa | |
| @section @code{.octa @var{bignums}} | |
| @c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn? | |
| @cindex @code{octa} directive | |
| @cindex integer, 16-byte | |
| @cindex sixteen byte integer | |
| This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each | |
| bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer. | |
| The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes; | |
| hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes. | |
| @node Offset | |
| @section @code{.offset @var{loc}} | |
| @cindex @code{offset} directive | |
| Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must | |
| be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining | |
| symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org} | |
| directive. | |
| @node Org | |
| @section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}} | |
| @cindex @code{org} directive | |
| @cindex location counter, advancing | |
| @cindex advancing location counter | |
| @cindex current address, advancing | |
| Advance the location counter of the current section to | |
| @var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an | |
| expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is, | |
| you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the | |
| wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible | |
| with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute, | |
| @command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc} | |
| is the same as the current subsection. | |
| @code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it | |
| unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter | |
| backwards. | |
| @c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific | |
| @c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual) | |
| @c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91 | |
| Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc} | |
| may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await | |
| a chance to share your improved assembler. | |
| Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not | |
| to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other | |
| people's assemblers. | |
| When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the | |
| intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an | |
| absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted, | |
| @var{fill} defaults to zero. | |
| @node P2align | |
| @section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}} | |
| @cindex padding the location counter given a power of two | |
| @cindex @code{p2align} directive | |
| Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular | |
| storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the | |
| number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after | |
| advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location | |
| counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a | |
| multiple of 8, no change is needed. | |
| The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the | |
| padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the | |
| padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is | |
| marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled | |
| with no-op instructions. | |
| The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present, | |
| it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment | |
| directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the | |
| specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the | |
| fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the | |
| required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled | |
| with no-op instructions when appropriate. | |
| @cindex @code{p2alignw} directive | |
| @cindex @code{p2alignl} directive | |
| The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the | |
| @code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill | |
| pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the | |
| fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw | |
| 2,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be | |
| filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon | |
| the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is | |
| undefined. | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| @node PopSection | |
| @section @code{.popsection} | |
| @cindex @code{popsection} directive | |
| @cindex Section Stack | |
| This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are | |
| @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), | |
| @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous} | |
| (@pxref{Previous}). | |
| This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top | |
| section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the | |
| stack. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| @node Previous | |
| @section @code{.previous} | |
| @cindex @code{previous} directive | |
| @cindex Section Stack | |
| This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are | |
| @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), | |
| @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection} | |
| (@pxref{PopSection}). | |
| This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently | |
| referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple | |
| @code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their | |
| subsections). For example: | |
| @smallexample | |
| .section A | |
| .subsection 1 | |
| .word 0x1234 | |
| .subsection 2 | |
| .word 0x5678 | |
| .previous | |
| .word 0x9abc | |
| @end smallexample | |
| Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of | |
| section A. Whilst: | |
| @smallexample | |
| .section A | |
| .subsection 1 | |
| # Now in section A subsection 1 | |
| .word 0x1234 | |
| .section B | |
| .subsection 0 | |
| # Now in section B subsection 0 | |
| .word 0x5678 | |
| .subsection 1 | |
| # Now in section B subsection 1 | |
| .word 0x9abc | |
| .previous | |
| # Now in section B subsection 0 | |
| .word 0xdef0 | |
| @end smallexample | |
| Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of | |
| section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B. | |
| In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with | |
| the top section on the section stack. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @node Print | |
| @section @code{.print @var{string}} | |
| @cindex @code{print} directive | |
| @command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during | |
| assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes. | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| @node Protected | |
| @section @code{.protected @var{names}} | |
| @cindex @code{protected} directive | |
| @cindex visibility | |
| This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are | |
| @code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}). | |
| This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by | |
| their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to | |
| @code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the | |
| components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that | |
| component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt | |
| this. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @node Psize | |
| @section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}} | |
| @cindex @code{psize} directive | |
| @cindex listing control: paper size | |
| @cindex paper size, for listings | |
| Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the | |
| number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings. | |
| If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count | |
| of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the | |
| default width is 200 columns. | |
| @command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of | |
| lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using | |
| @code{.eject}). | |
| If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save | |
| those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}. | |
| @node Purgem | |
| @section @code{.purgem @var{name}} | |
| @cindex @code{purgem} directive | |
| Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be | |
| expanded. @xref{Macro}. | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| @node PushSection | |
| @section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]} | |
| @cindex @code{pushsection} directive | |
| @cindex Section Stack | |
| This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are | |
| @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), | |
| @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous} | |
| (@pxref{Previous}). | |
| This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the | |
| top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and | |
| subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional | |
| @code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same | |
| as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @node Quad | |
| @section @code{.quad @var{bignums}} | |
| @cindex @code{quad} directive | |
| @code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For | |
| each bignum, it emits | |
| @ifclear bignum-16 | |
| an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a | |
| warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum. | |
| @cindex eight-byte integer | |
| @cindex integer, 8-byte | |
| The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes; | |
| hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset bignum-16 | |
| a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a | |
| warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum. | |
| @cindex sixteen-byte integer | |
| @cindex integer, 16-byte | |
| @end ifset | |
| @node Reloc | |
| @section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]} | |
| @cindex @code{reloc} directive | |
| Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value | |
| @var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in | |
| the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a | |
| symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section. | |
| @var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an | |
| absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL | |
| targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the | |
| relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the | |
| section. | |
| @node Rept | |
| @section @code{.rept @var{count}} | |
| @cindex @code{rept} directive | |
| Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next | |
| @code{.endr} directive @var{count} times. | |
| For example, assembling | |
| @example | |
| .rept 3 | |
| .long 0 | |
| .endr | |
| @end example | |
| is equivalent to assembling | |
| @example | |
| .long 0 | |
| .long 0 | |
| .long 0 | |
| @end example | |
| @node Sbttl | |
| @section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"} | |
| @cindex @code{sbttl} directive | |
| @cindex subtitles for listings | |
| @cindex listing control: subtitle | |
| Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the | |
| title line) when generating assembly listings. | |
| This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if | |
| it appears within ten lines of the top of a page. | |
| @ifset COFF | |
| @node Scl | |
| @section @code{.scl @var{class}} | |
| @cindex @code{scl} directive | |
| @cindex symbol storage class (COFF) | |
| @cindex COFF symbol storage class | |
| Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be | |
| used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag | |
| whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further | |
| symbolic debugging information. | |
| @ifset BOUT | |
| The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when | |
| configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}} | |
| accepts this directive but ignores it. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset COFF-ELF | |
| @node Section | |
| @section @code{.section @var{name}} | |
| @cindex named section | |
| Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section | |
| named @var{name}. | |
| This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily | |
| named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even | |
| with a standard @code{a.out} section name. | |
| @ifset COFF | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| @c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set | |
| @subheading COFF Version | |
| @end ifset | |
| @cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version) | |
| For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following | |
| ways: | |
| @smallexample | |
| .section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"] | |
| .section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}] | |
| @end smallexample | |
| If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the | |
| section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized: | |
| @table @code | |
| @item b | |
| bss section (uninitialized data) | |
| @item n | |
| section is not loaded | |
| @item w | |
| writable section | |
| @item d | |
| data section | |
| @item e | |
| exclude section from linking | |
| @item r | |
| read-only section | |
| @item x | |
| executable section | |
| @item s | |
| shared section (meaningful for PE targets) | |
| @item a | |
| ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version) | |
| @item y | |
| section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets) | |
| @item 0-9 | |
| single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension) | |
| @end table | |
| If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If | |
| the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be | |
| loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes | |
| from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it | |
| will be as if no flags had been specified at all. | |
| If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is | |
| taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}). | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| @ifset COFF | |
| @c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set | |
| @subheading ELF Version | |
| @end ifset | |
| @cindex Section Stack | |
| This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are | |
| @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection} | |
| (@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and | |
| @code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}). | |
| @cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version) | |
| For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this: | |
| @smallexample | |
| .section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]] | |
| @end smallexample | |
| @anchor{Section Name Substitutions} | |
| @kindex --sectname-subst | |
| @cindex section name substitution | |
| If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name} | |
| argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported | |
| at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example: | |
| @smallexample | |
| .macro exception_code | |
| .section %S.exception | |
| [exception code here] | |
| .previous | |
| .endm | |
| .text | |
| [code] | |
| exception_code | |
| [...] | |
| .section .init | |
| [init code] | |
| exception_code | |
| [...] | |
| @end smallexample | |
| The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the | |
| @code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively. | |
| This is useful e.g. to discriminate between ancillary sections that are | |
| tied to setup code to be discarded after use from ancillary sections that | |
| need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code} | |
| macros just for that purpose. | |
| The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any | |
| combination of the following characters: | |
| @table @code | |
| @item a | |
| section is allocatable | |
| @item d | |
| section is a GNU_MBIND section | |
| @item e | |
| section is excluded from executable and shared library. | |
| @item w | |
| section is writable | |
| @item x | |
| section is executable | |
| @item M | |
| section is mergeable | |
| @item S | |
| section contains zero terminated strings | |
| @item G | |
| section is a member of a section group | |
| @item T | |
| section is used for thread-local-storage | |
| @item ? | |
| section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any | |
| @item @code{<number>} | |
| a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags | |
| field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is | |
| also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the | |
| resulting value. | |
| @item @code{<target specific>} | |
| some targets extend this list with their own flag characters | |
| @end table | |
| Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are | |
| a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific | |
| flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp}, | |
| @code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag | |
| (@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack} | |
| section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added. | |
| The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants: | |
| @table @code | |
| @item @@progbits | |
| section contains data | |
| @item @@nobits | |
| section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space) | |
| @item @@note | |
| section contains data which is used by things other than the program | |
| @item @@init_array | |
| section contains an array of pointers to init functions | |
| @item @@fini_array | |
| section contains an array of pointers to finish functions | |
| @item @@preinit_array | |
| section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions | |
| @item @@@code{<number>} | |
| a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field. | |
| @item @@@code{<target specific>} | |
| some targets extend this list with their own types | |
| @end table | |
| Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be | |
| enclosed in double quotes if necessary. | |
| Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg | |
| ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the | |
| @code{%} character. | |
| Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be | |
| special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different | |
| type will generate an error from the assembler. | |
| If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must | |
| be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this: | |
| @smallexample | |
| .section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize} | |
| @end smallexample | |
| Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size | |
| constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and | |
| @code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is | |
| @var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with | |
| the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an | |
| absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string | |
| which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus | |
| @code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first | |
| @code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}. | |
| If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must | |
| be present along with an additional field like this: | |
| @smallexample | |
| .section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}] | |
| @end smallexample | |
| The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this | |
| particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain: | |
| @table @code | |
| @item comdat | |
| indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained | |
| @item .gnu.linkonce | |
| an alias for comdat | |
| @end table | |
| Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for | |
| the Merge flag should come first, like this: | |
| @smallexample | |
| .section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}] | |
| @end smallexample | |
| If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the | |
| @code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be | |
| present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before | |
| this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use | |
| @code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly. | |
| If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect. | |
| If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If | |
| the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have | |
| none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor | |
| executable. The section will contain data. | |
| For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section} | |
| directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler: | |
| @smallexample | |
| .section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...] | |
| @end smallexample | |
| Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma | |
| separated flags: | |
| @table @code | |
| @item #alloc | |
| section is allocatable | |
| @item #write | |
| section is writable | |
| @item #execinstr | |
| section is executable | |
| @item #exclude | |
| section is excluded from executable and shared library. | |
| @item #tls | |
| section is used for thread local storage | |
| @end table | |
| This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the | |
| contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for | |
| some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives | |
| work. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| @node Set | |
| @section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}} | |
| @cindex @code{set} directive | |
| @cindex symbol value, setting | |
| Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This | |
| changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to | |
| @var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains | |
| flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}). | |
| You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the | |
| values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions | |
| involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only | |
| being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the | |
| addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a | |
| final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in | |
| the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various | |
| different symbols. | |
| If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object | |
| file is the last value stored into it. | |
| @ifset Z80 | |
| On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use | |
| @samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @node Short | |
| @section @code{.short @var{expressions}} | |
| @cindex @code{short} directive | |
| @ifset GENERIC | |
| @code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}. | |
| @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}. | |
| In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate | |
| numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifclear GENERIC | |
| @ifset W16 | |
| @code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset W32 | |
| This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits | |
| a 16 bit number for each. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @node Single | |
| @section @code{.single @var{flonums}} | |
| @cindex @code{single} directive | |
| @cindex floating point numbers (single) | |
| This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It | |
| has the same effect as @code{.float}. | |
| @ifset GENERIC | |
| The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how | |
| @command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifclear GENERIC | |
| @ifset IEEEFLOAT | |
| On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point | |
| numbers in @sc{ieee} format. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset COFF-ELF | |
| @node Size | |
| @section @code{.size} | |
| This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol. | |
| @ifset COFF | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| @c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set | |
| @subheading COFF Version | |
| @end ifset | |
| @cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version) | |
| For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside | |
| @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this: | |
| @smallexample | |
| .size @var{expression} | |
| @end smallexample | |
| @ifset BOUT | |
| @samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when | |
| @command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but | |
| ignores it. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| @ifset COFF | |
| @c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set | |
| @subheading ELF Version | |
| @end ifset | |
| @cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version) | |
| For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this: | |
| @smallexample | |
| .size @var{name} , @var{expression} | |
| @end smallexample | |
| This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}. | |
| The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label | |
| arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function | |
| symbols. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifclear no-space-dir | |
| @node Skip | |
| @section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}} | |
| @cindex @code{skip} directive | |
| @cindex filling memory | |
| This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both | |
| @var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and | |
| @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as | |
| @samp{.space}. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @node Sleb128 | |
| @section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}} | |
| @cindex @code{sleb128} directive | |
| @var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a | |
| compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF | |
| symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}. | |
| @ifclear no-space-dir | |
| @node Space | |
| @section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}} | |
| @cindex @code{space} directive | |
| @cindex filling memory | |
| This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both | |
| @var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma | |
| and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same | |
| as @samp{.skip}. | |
| @ifset HPPA | |
| @quotation | |
| @emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA | |
| targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800 | |
| Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the | |
| @code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives}, | |
| for a summary. | |
| @end quotation | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset have-stabs | |
| @node Stab | |
| @section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs} | |
| @cindex symbolic debuggers, information for | |
| @cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives | |
| There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}. | |
| All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers. | |
| The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they | |
| cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file. | |
| Up to five fields are required: | |
| @table @var | |
| @item string | |
| This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except | |
| @samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some | |
| debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names | |
| using this field. | |
| @item type | |
| An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of | |
| this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}} | |
| and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns. | |
| @item other | |
| An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the | |
| low 8 bits of this expression. | |
| @item desc | |
| An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16 | |
| bits of this expression. | |
| @item value | |
| An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value. | |
| @end table | |
| If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn}, | |
| or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created; | |
| you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is | |
| compatible with earlier assemblers! | |
| @table @code | |
| @cindex @code{stabd} directive | |
| @item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} | |
| The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string. | |
| It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a | |
| null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty | |
| strings. | |
| The symbol's value is set to the location counter, | |
| relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol | |
| is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was | |
| assembled. | |
| @cindex @code{stabn} directive | |
| @item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value} | |
| The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}. | |
| @cindex @code{stabs} directive | |
| @item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value} | |
| All five fields are specified. | |
| @end table | |
| @end ifset | |
| @c end have-stabs | |
| @node String | |
| @section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16} | |
| "@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}" | |
| @cindex string, copying to object file | |
| @cindex string8, copying to object file | |
| @cindex string16, copying to object file | |
| @cindex string32, copying to object file | |
| @cindex string64, copying to object file | |
| @cindex @code{string} directive | |
| @cindex @code{string8} directive | |
| @cindex @code{string16} directive | |
| @cindex @code{string32} directive | |
| @cindex @code{string64} directive | |
| Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than | |
| one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a | |
| particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte. | |
| You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}. | |
| The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from | |
| the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is | |
| copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters | |
| are stored in target endianness byte order. | |
| Example: | |
| @smallexample | |
| .string32 "BYE" | |
| expands to: | |
| .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */ | |
| .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */ | |
| @end smallexample | |
| @node Struct | |
| @section @code{.struct @var{expression}} | |
| @cindex @code{struct} directive | |
| Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression}, | |
| which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows: | |
| @smallexample | |
| .struct 0 | |
| field1: | |
| .struct field1 + 4 | |
| field2: | |
| .struct field2 + 4 | |
| field3: | |
| @end smallexample | |
| This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol | |
| @code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the | |
| value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to | |
| use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section | |
| before further assembly. | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| @node SubSection | |
| @section @code{.subsection @var{name}} | |
| @cindex @code{subsection} directive | |
| @cindex Section Stack | |
| This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are | |
| @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), | |
| @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous} | |
| (@pxref{Previous}). | |
| This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current | |
| section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack | |
| in place of the then current top of stack subsection. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| @node Symver | |
| @section @code{.symver} | |
| @cindex @code{symver} directive | |
| @cindex symbol versioning | |
| @cindex versions of symbols | |
| Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes | |
| within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is | |
| typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library. | |
| There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound | |
| into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a | |
| shared library. | |
| For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this: | |
| @smallexample | |
| .symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename} | |
| @end smallexample | |
| If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file | |
| being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol | |
| alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we | |
| just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't | |
| permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name | |
| of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name} | |
| itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to | |
| have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source | |
| file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a | |
| function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be | |
| the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when | |
| building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned | |
| symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the | |
| nodename of the symbol you are trying to override. | |
| If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all | |
| references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no | |
| reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the | |
| symbol table. | |
| Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is: | |
| @smallexample | |
| .symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename} | |
| @end smallexample | |
| In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within | |
| the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The | |
| difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve | |
| references to @var{name2} by the linker. | |
| The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is: | |
| @smallexample | |
| .symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename} | |
| @end smallexample | |
| When @var{name} is not defined within the | |
| file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When | |
| @var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol | |
| name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset COFF | |
| @node Tag | |
| @section @code{.tag @var{structname}} | |
| @cindex COFF structure debugging | |
| @cindex structure debugging, COFF | |
| @cindex @code{tag} directive | |
| This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging | |
| information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside | |
| @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure | |
| definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures. | |
| @ifset BOUT | |
| @samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when | |
| @command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but | |
| ignores it. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| @node Text | |
| @section @code{.text @var{subsection}} | |
| @cindex @code{text} directive | |
| Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of | |
| the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute | |
| expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero | |
| is used. | |
| @node Title | |
| @section @code{.title "@var{heading}"} | |
| @cindex @code{title} directive | |
| @cindex listing control: title line | |
| Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the | |
| source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings. | |
| This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if | |
| it appears within ten lines of the top of a page. | |
| @ifset COFF-ELF | |
| @node Type | |
| @section @code{.type} | |
| This directive is used to set the type of a symbol. | |
| @ifset COFF | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| @c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set | |
| @subheading COFF Version | |
| @end ifset | |
| @cindex COFF symbol type | |
| @cindex symbol type, COFF | |
| @cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version) | |
| For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within | |
| @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this: | |
| @smallexample | |
| .type @var{int} | |
| @end smallexample | |
| This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table | |
| entry. | |
| @ifset BOUT | |
| @samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when | |
| @command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this | |
| directive but ignores it. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| @ifset COFF | |
| @c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set | |
| @subheading ELF Version | |
| @end ifset | |
| @cindex ELF symbol type | |
| @cindex symbol type, ELF | |
| @cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version) | |
| For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this: | |
| @smallexample | |
| .type @var{name} , @var{type description} | |
| @end smallexample | |
| This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a | |
| function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes | |
| supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide | |
| compatibility with various other assemblers. | |
| Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and | |
| @samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes | |
| below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by | |
| the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for | |
| maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other | |
| assemblers. | |
| The syntaxes supported are: | |
| @smallexample | |
| .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE> | |
| .type <name>,#<type> | |
| .type <name>,@@<type> | |
| .type <name>,%<type> | |
| .type <name>,"<type>" | |
| @end smallexample | |
| The types supported are: | |
| @table @gcctabopt | |
| @item STT_FUNC | |
| @itemx function | |
| Mark the symbol as being a function name. | |
| @item STT_GNU_IFUNC | |
| @itemx gnu_indirect_function | |
| Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc | |
| processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems). | |
| @item STT_OBJECT | |
| @itemx object | |
| Mark the symbol as being a data object. | |
| @item STT_TLS | |
| @itemx tls_object | |
| Mark the symbol as being a thread-local data object. | |
| @item STT_COMMON | |
| @itemx common | |
| Mark the symbol as being a common data object. | |
| @item STT_NOTYPE | |
| @itemx notype | |
| Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness. | |
| @item gnu_unique_object | |
| Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker | |
| will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this | |
| name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU | |
| systems). | |
| @end table | |
| Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| @node Uleb128 | |
| @section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}} | |
| @cindex @code{uleb128} directive | |
| @var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a | |
| compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF | |
| symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}. | |
| @ifset COFF | |
| @node Val | |
| @section @code{.val @var{addr}} | |
| @cindex @code{val} directive | |
| @cindex COFF value attribute | |
| @cindex value attribute, COFF | |
| This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs, | |
| records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table | |
| entry. | |
| @ifset BOUT | |
| @samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is | |
| configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| @node Version | |
| @section @code{.version "@var{string}"} | |
| @cindex @code{version} directive | |
| This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF | |
| formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| @node VTableEntry | |
| @section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}} | |
| @cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive | |
| This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a | |
| @code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}. | |
| @node VTableInherit | |
| @section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}} | |
| @cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive | |
| This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol | |
| @code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the | |
| parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the | |
| parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @node Warning | |
| @section @code{.warning "@var{string}"} | |
| @cindex warning directive | |
| Similar to the directive @code{.error} | |
| (@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning. | |
| @node Weak | |
| @section @code{.weak @var{names}} | |
| @cindex @code{weak} directive | |
| This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol | |
| @code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created. | |
| On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This | |
| directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol | |
| @code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created. | |
| On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases. | |
| When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an | |
| alternate symbol to hold the default value. | |
| @node Weakref | |
| @section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}} | |
| @cindex @code{weakref} directive | |
| This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to | |
| be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak. | |
| If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol | |
| will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the | |
| symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table. | |
| The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate | |
| assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the | |
| symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files | |
| resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that | |
| had the references to the alias removed. | |
| The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled | |
| within the assembler. | |
| @node Word | |
| @section @code{.word @var{expressions}} | |
| @cindex @code{word} directive | |
| This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, | |
| separated by commas. | |
| @ifclear GENERIC | |
| @ifset W32 | |
| For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset W16 | |
| For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset GENERIC | |
| The size of the number emitted, and its byte order, | |
| depend on what target computer the assembly is for. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't | |
| @c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps. | |
| @ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE | |
| @cindex difference tables altered | |
| @cindex altered difference tables | |
| @quotation | |
| @emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers} | |
| @end quotation | |
| @ifset GENERIC | |
| Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit | |
| addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of | |
| interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it; | |
| @pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue. | |
| @end ifset | |
| In order to assemble compiler output into something that works, | |
| @command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives. | |
| Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by | |
| compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a | |
| directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between | |
| @code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}} | |
| creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label. | |
| This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the | |
| first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow | |
| of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the | |
| table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word} | |
| contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to | |
| @code{sym2}. | |
| If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the | |
| secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a | |
| @samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a | |
| long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table, | |
| and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3} | |
| minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many | |
| entries in the original jump table as necessary. | |
| @ifset INTERNALS | |
| @emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the | |
| @samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse | |
| assembly language programmers. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end ifset | |
| @c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE | |
| @ifclear no-space-dir | |
| @node Zero | |
| @section @code{.zero @var{size}} | |
| @cindex @code{zero} directive | |
| @cindex filling memory with zero bytes | |
| This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute | |
| expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive | |
| so in can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes | |
| instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however. | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| @node 2byte | |
| @section @code{.2byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*} | |
| @cindex @code{2byte} directive | |
| @cindex two-byte integer | |
| @cindex integer, 2-byte | |
| This directive expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas. If there | |
| are no expressions then the directive does nothing. Otherwise each expression | |
| is evaluated in turn and placed in the next two bytes of the current output | |
| section, using the endian model of the target. If an expression will not fit | |
| in two bytes, a warning message is displayed and the least significant two | |
| bytes of the expression's value are used. If an expression cannot be evaluated | |
| at assembly time then relocations will be generated in order to compute the | |
| value at link time. | |
| This directive does not apply any alignment before or after inserting the | |
| values. As a result of this, if relocations are generated, they may be | |
| different from those used for inserting values with a guaranteed alignment. | |
| This directive is only available for ELF targets, | |
| @node 4byte | |
| @section @code{.4byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*} | |
| @cindex @code{4byte} directive | |
| @cindex four-byte integer | |
| @cindex integer, 4-byte | |
| Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, four byte | |
| long values into the output. | |
| @node 8byte | |
| @section @code{.8byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*} | |
| @cindex @code{8byte} directive | |
| @cindex eight-byte integer | |
| @cindex integer, 8-byte | |
| Like the @option{.8byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, eight | |
| byte long bignum values into the output. | |
| @end ifset | |
| @node Deprecated | |
| @section Deprecated Directives | |
| @cindex deprecated directives | |
| @cindex obsolescent directives | |
| One day these directives won't work. | |
| They are included for compatibility with older assemblers. | |
| @table @t | |
| @item .abort | |
| @item .line | |
| @end table | |
| @ifset ELF | |
| @node Object Attributes | |
| @chapter Object Attributes | |
| @cindex object attributes | |
| @command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture | |
| into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike. | |
| Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating | |
| point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file | |
| requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be | |
| passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no | |
| hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different | |
| generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the | |
| newer generation at run-time. | |
| This information is useful during and after linking. At link time, | |
| @command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link | |
| time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file | |
| correctly. | |
| Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each | |
| attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a | |
| string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer, | |
| and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string | |
| or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing | |
| attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value. | |
| Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture. | |
| The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}. | |
| @menu | |
| * GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes | |
| * Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes | |
| @end menu | |
| @node GNU Object Attributes | |
| @section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes | |
| The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute | |
| with vendor @samp{gnu}. | |
| Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for | |
| its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and | |
| an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} & | |
| 2} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for | |
| architecture-dependent ones. | |
| @subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes | |
| These attributes are valid on all architectures. | |
| @table @r | |
| @item Tag_compatibility (32) | |
| The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If | |
| the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1, | |
| then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater | |
| than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private | |
| arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name. | |
| @end table | |
| @subsection MIPS Attributes | |
| @table @r | |
| @item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4) | |
| The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be: | |
| @itemize @bullet | |
| @item | |
| 0 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI. | |
| @item | |
| 1 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard | |
| double-precision FPU. | |
| @item | |
| 2 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU. | |
| @item | |
| 3 for files using the software floating-point ABI. | |
| @item | |
| 4 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit | |
| floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the | |
| number of callee-saved floating-point registers. | |
| @item | |
| 5 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU | |
| with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit | |
| general-purpose registers. | |
| @item | |
| 6 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point | |
| registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers. | |
| @item | |
| 7 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point | |
| registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the | |
| direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers. | |
| @end itemize | |
| @end table | |
| @subsection PowerPC Attributes | |
| @table @r | |
| @item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4) | |
| The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be: | |
| @itemize @bullet | |
| @item | |
| 0 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI. | |
| @item | |
| 1 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI. | |
| @item | |
| 2 for files using the software floating-point ABI. | |
| @item | |
| 3 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI. | |
| @end itemize | |
| @item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8) | |
| The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be: | |
| @itemize @bullet | |
| @item | |
| 0 for files not affected by the vector ABI. | |
| @item | |
| 1 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors. | |
| @item | |
| 2 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors. | |
| @item | |
| 3 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors. | |
| @end itemize | |
| @end table | |
| @subsection IBM z Systems Attributes | |
| @table @r | |
| @item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8) | |
| The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be: | |
| @itemize @bullet | |
| @item | |
| 0 for files not affected by the vector ABI. | |
| @item | |
| 1 for files using software vector ABI. | |
| @item | |
| 2 for files using hardware vector ABI. | |
| @end itemize | |
| @end table | |
| @node Defining New Object Attributes | |
| @section Defining New Object Attributes | |
| If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you | |
| will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils} | |
| mailing list. | |
| @itemize @bullet | |
| @item | |
| This manual, which is the official register of attributes. | |
| @item | |
| The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag. | |
| @item | |
| The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute | |
| and issue any appropriate link warnings. | |
| @item | |
| Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings. | |
| @item | |
| @file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute. | |
| @item | |
| GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically. | |
| @end itemize | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset GENERIC | |
| @node Machine Dependencies | |
| @chapter Machine Dependent Features | |
| @cindex machine dependencies | |
| The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on | |
| each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations | |
| vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional | |
| directives or command-line options for compatibility with other | |
| assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of | |
| @command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch | |
| optimization. | |
| This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not | |
| include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that | |
| subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual. | |
| @menu | |
| @ifset AARCH64 | |
| * AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset ALPHA | |
| * Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset ARC | |
| * ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset ARM | |
| * ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset AVR | |
| * AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset Blackfin | |
| * Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset CR16 | |
| * CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset CRIS | |
| * CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset D10V | |
| * D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset D30V | |
| * D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset EPIPHANY | |
| * Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset H8/300 | |
| * H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset HPPA | |
| * HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset I370 | |
| * ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset I80386 | |
| * i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset I860 | |
| * i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset I960 | |
| * i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset IA64 | |
| * IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset IP2K | |
| * IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset LM32 | |
| * LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset M32C | |
| * M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset M32R | |
| * M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset M680X0 | |
| * M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset M68HC11 | |
| * M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset METAG | |
| * Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset MICROBLAZE | |
| * MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset MIPS | |
| * MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset MMIX | |
| * MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset MSP430 | |
| * MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset NDS32 | |
| * NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset NIOSII | |
| * NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset NS32K | |
| * NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset PDP11 | |
| * PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset PJ | |
| * PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset PPC | |
| * PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset PRU | |
| * PRU-Dependent:: PRU Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset RL78 | |
| * RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset RISCV | |
| * RISC-V-Dependent:: RISC-V Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset RX | |
| * RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset S390 | |
| * S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset SCORE | |
| * SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset SH | |
| * SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features | |
| * SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset SPARC | |
| * Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset TIC54X | |
| * TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset TIC6X | |
| * TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset TILEGX | |
| * TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset TILEPRO | |
| * TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset V850 | |
| * V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset VAX | |
| * Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset VISIUM | |
| * Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset WASM32 | |
| * WebAssembly-Dependent:: WebAssembly Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset XGATE | |
| * XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset XSTORMY16 | |
| * XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset XTENSA | |
| * Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset Z80 | |
| * Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset Z8000 | |
| * Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features | |
| @end ifset | |
| @end menu | |
| @lowersections | |
| @end ifset | |
| @c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters* | |
| @c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a | |
| @c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called | |
| @c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each | |
| @c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of | |
| @c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH | |
| @c in both conditional blocks. | |
| @ifset AARCH64 | |
| @include c-aarch64.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset ALPHA | |
| @include c-alpha.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset ARC | |
| @include c-arc.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset ARM | |
| @include c-arm.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset AVR | |
| @include c-avr.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset Blackfin | |
| @include c-bfin.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset CR16 | |
| @include c-cr16.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset CRIS | |
| @include c-cris.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset Renesas-all | |
| @ifclear GENERIC | |
| @node Machine Dependencies | |
| @chapter Machine Dependent Features | |
| The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family, | |
| and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This | |
| chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each | |
| family. | |
| @menu | |
| * H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features | |
| * SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features | |
| @end menu | |
| @lowersections | |
| @end ifclear | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset D10V | |
| @include c-d10v.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset D30V | |
| @include c-d30v.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset EPIPHANY | |
| @include c-epiphany.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset H8/300 | |
| @include c-h8300.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset HPPA | |
| @include c-hppa.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset I370 | |
| @include c-i370.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset I80386 | |
| @include c-i386.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset I860 | |
| @include c-i860.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset I960 | |
| @include c-i960.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset IA64 | |
| @include c-ia64.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset IP2K | |
| @include c-ip2k.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset LM32 | |
| @include c-lm32.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset M32C | |
| @include c-m32c.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset M32R | |
| @include c-m32r.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset M680X0 | |
| @include c-m68k.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset M68HC11 | |
| @include c-m68hc11.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset METAG | |
| @include c-metag.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset MICROBLAZE | |
| @include c-microblaze.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset MIPS | |
| @include c-mips.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset MMIX | |
| @include c-mmix.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset MSP430 | |
| @include c-msp430.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset NDS32 | |
| @include c-nds32.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset NIOSII | |
| @include c-nios2.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset NS32K | |
| @include c-ns32k.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset PDP11 | |
| @include c-pdp11.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset PJ | |
| @include c-pj.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset PPC | |
| @include c-ppc.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset PRU | |
| @include c-pru.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset RL78 | |
| @include c-rl78.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset RISCV | |
| @include c-riscv.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset RX | |
| @include c-rx.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset S390 | |
| @include c-s390.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset SCORE | |
| @include c-score.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset SH | |
| @include c-sh.texi | |
| @include c-sh64.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset SPARC | |
| @include c-sparc.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset TIC54X | |
| @include c-tic54x.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset TIC6X | |
| @include c-tic6x.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset TILEGX | |
| @include c-tilegx.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset TILEPRO | |
| @include c-tilepro.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset V850 | |
| @include c-v850.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset VAX | |
| @include c-vax.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset VISIUM | |
| @include c-visium.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset WASM32 | |
| @include c-wasm32.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset XGATE | |
| @include c-xgate.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset XSTORMY16 | |
| @include c-xstormy16.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset XTENSA | |
| @include c-xtensa.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset Z80 | |
| @include c-z80.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset Z8000 | |
| @include c-z8k.texi | |
| @end ifset | |
| @ifset GENERIC | |
| @c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter | |
| @raisesections | |
| @end ifset | |
| @node Reporting Bugs | |
| @chapter Reporting Bugs | |
| @cindex bugs in assembler | |
| @cindex reporting bugs in assembler | |
| Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable. | |
| Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may | |
| not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the | |
| entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better. | |
| Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}. | |
| In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the | |
| information that enables us to fix the bug. | |
| @menu | |
| * Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug? | |
| * Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs | |
| @end menu | |
| @node Bug Criteria | |
| @section Have You Found a Bug? | |
| @cindex bug criteria | |
| If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines: | |
| @itemize @bullet | |
| @cindex fatal signal | |
| @cindex assembler crash | |
| @cindex crash of assembler | |
| @item | |
| If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a | |
| @command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash. | |
| @cindex error on valid input | |
| @item | |
| If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug. | |
| @cindex invalid input | |
| @item | |
| If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that | |
| is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might | |
| be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''. | |
| @item | |
| If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement | |
| of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case. | |
| @end itemize | |
| @node Bug Reporting | |
| @section How to Report Bugs | |
| @cindex bug reports | |
| @cindex assembler bugs, reporting | |
| A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If | |
| you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you | |
| contact that organization first. | |
| You can find contact information for many support companies and | |
| individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs | |
| distribution. | |
| @ifset BUGURL | |
| In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}} | |
| to @value{BUGURL}. | |
| @end ifset | |
| The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this: | |
| @strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a | |
| fact or leave it out, state it! | |
| Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem | |
| and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the | |
| name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does | |
| not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which | |
| happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory; | |
| perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool | |
| the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and | |
| give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do, | |
| and the most helpful. | |
| Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if | |
| it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption | |
| that the bug has not been reported previously. | |
| Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a | |
| bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We | |
| respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate. | |
| You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with. | |
| To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things: | |
| @itemize @bullet | |
| @item | |
| The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start | |
| it with the @samp{--version} argument. | |
| Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for | |
| the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}. | |
| @item | |
| Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source. | |
| @item | |
| The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and | |
| version number. | |
| @item | |
| What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g. | |
| ``@code{gcc-2.7}''. | |
| @item | |
| The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and | |
| observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them | |
| all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient. | |
| If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong | |
| and then we might not encounter the bug. | |
| @item | |
| A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when | |
| the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the | |
| high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source | |
| when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use | |
| the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a | |
| file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how | |
| @command{@value{AS}} is being run. | |
| @item | |
| A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is | |
| incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.'' | |
| Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we | |
| will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not | |
| notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to | |
| make a mistake. | |
| Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so | |
| explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of | |
| @command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C | |
| library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours | |
| would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we | |
| would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to | |
| expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our | |
| observations. | |
| @item | |
| If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context | |
| diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p} | |
| option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even | |
| discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not | |
| by line number. | |
| The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your | |
| sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us. | |
| @end itemize | |
| Here are some things that are not necessary: | |
| @itemize @bullet | |
| @item | |
| A description of the envelope of the bug. | |
| Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating | |
| which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which | |
| changes will not affect it. | |
| This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we | |
| will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger | |
| with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples. | |
| We recommend that you save your time for something else. | |
| Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead} | |
| of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the | |
| output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take | |
| less time, and so on. | |
| However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this, | |
| report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used. | |
| @item | |
| A patch for the bug. | |
| A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit | |
| the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that | |
| a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide | |
| to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all. | |
| Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to | |
| construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through | |
| the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct | |
| one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed. | |
| And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your | |
| patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will | |
| help us to understand. | |
| @item | |
| A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on. | |
| Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such | |
| things without first using the debugger to find the facts. | |
| @end itemize | |
| @node Acknowledgements | |
| @chapter Acknowledgements | |
| If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here, | |
| it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the | |
| maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently | |
| @c (October 2012), | |
| the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}). | |
| Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any | |
| more details?} | |
| Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug | |
| information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and | |
| extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}. | |
| K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and | |
| many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS | |
| up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite, | |
| testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration | |
| including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits | |
| and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added | |
| support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF | |
| port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode | |
| file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know'' | |
| assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint. | |
| Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code | |
| in format-specific I/O modules. | |
| The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale | |
| has done much work with it since. | |
| The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus. | |
| Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support. | |
| The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo | |
| University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science. | |
| Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end | |
| (@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support | |
| (which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to | |
| support a.out format. | |
| Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k, | |
| tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by | |
| Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to | |
| use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k | |
| targets. | |
| John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and | |
| simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He | |
| updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced | |
| fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions | |
| remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested | |
| cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and | |
| required the proverbial one-bit fix. | |
| Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the | |
| 68k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix), | |
| added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and | |
| PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches. | |
| Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings. | |
| Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300. | |
| Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM) | |
| along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object | |
| formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at | |
| the University of Utah and Cygnus Support. | |
| Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus | |
| Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and | |
| Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open | |
| Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc, | |
| and some initial 64-bit support). | |
| Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture. | |
| Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD | |
| support for openVMS/Alpha. | |
| Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic* | |
| flavors. | |
| David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica, | |
| Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors. | |
| Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and | |
| configuration enhancements. | |
| Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture. | |
| Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If | |
| you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and | |
| want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not | |
| intentionally leaving anyone out. | |
| @node GNU Free Documentation License | |
| @appendix GNU Free Documentation License | |
| @include fdl.texi | |
| @node AS Index | |
| @unnumbered AS Index | |
| @printindex cp | |
| @bye | |
| @c Local Variables: | |
| @c fill-column: 79 | |
| @c End: |